WO2023010367A1 - Terminal device transfer method, apparatus, and system - Google Patents

Terminal device transfer method, apparatus, and system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023010367A1
WO2023010367A1 PCT/CN2021/110688 CN2021110688W WO2023010367A1 WO 2023010367 A1 WO2023010367 A1 WO 2023010367A1 CN 2021110688 W CN2021110688 W CN 2021110688W WO 2023010367 A1 WO2023010367 A1 WO 2023010367A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
host
cell
iab node
terminal device
connection
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/110688
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
路杨
Original Assignee
富士通株式会社
路杨
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士通株式会社, 路杨 filed Critical 富士通株式会社
Priority to PCT/CN2021/110688 priority Critical patent/WO2023010367A1/en
Publication of WO2023010367A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023010367A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/10Connection setup
    • H04W76/11Allocation or use of connection identifiers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/10Connection setup
    • H04W76/19Connection re-establishment

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communication.
  • Ultra-dense network is one of the goals of 5G. Deploying a new wireless (new radio, NR) network without wired backhaul is crucial for realizing 5G ultra-dense Networking is very important. Since 5G millimeter waves reduce the coverage of cells, the wireless self-backhaul system needs to be multi-hop to meet the deployment requirements. 5G's high bandwidth, massive multiple-input multiple-output MIMO and beam system make it easier for 5G to develop a wireless self-backhaul system for ultra-dense NR cells than LTE. In order to develop this multi-hop system with wireless self-backhaul, 3GPP R16 started the research and standardization of the IAB (Integrated access and backhaul) project.
  • IAB Integrated access and backhaul
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the IAB system.
  • the access and backhaul use the Uu air interface wireless transmission of NR
  • the relay node supports both access and backhaul functions
  • the wireless transmission link of the relay node multiplexes the access link (access link) and the backhaul link (backhaul link) in the time domain, frequency domain or air domain
  • the access link and the backhaul link can use the same or a different frequency band.
  • a relay node refers to an IAB-node (IAB node), which supports both access and backhaul functions.
  • IAB node The last hop access node on the network side is called IAB-donnor (IAB host), which supports gNB function and supports IAB-node access. All UE data can be sent back to IAB-Donor via IAB-node via one or more hops.
  • IAB-node The function of IAB-node is divided into two parts, one part is gNB-DU function, called IAB-DU (IAB distribution unit), and the other part is UE function, called IAB-MT (mobile terminal).
  • the IAB-DU implements the network-side device function, connects to the downstream child IAB-node (child IAB node), provides NR air interface access to the UE and the downstream child IAB-node, and establishes an F1 connection with the IAB donor-CU.
  • IAB-MT implements part of the terminal equipment functions and connects to the upstream parent IAB-node (parent IAB node) or IAB-donor DU.
  • IAB-MT includes physical layer, layer 2, RRC (Radio Resource Control, radio resource control) and NAS (Non-Access Stratum, non-access stratum) layer function, and indirectly connected to IAB donor-CU (IAB host centralized unit) and core network (Core Network, CN).
  • RRC Radio Resource Control, radio resource control
  • NAS Non-Access Stratum, non-access stratum
  • an IAB-node of the IAB network disconnects from the original parent IAB-node, connects to the new parent IAB-node, or, when the IAB-node remains connected to the original parent node and increases the connection to a new parent node When a connection becomes a dual connection, it will cause a change in the topology of the IAB network.
  • Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram of network topology changes caused by IAB-node movement.
  • IAB-node5 switches from the cell under IAB-node3 to the cell under IAB-node 4
  • the F1 transmission path from IAB-node5 and its downstream child node IAB-node 6 to donor-CU passes through IAB -node1 and IAB-node 2 have changed through IAB-node2 and IAB-node 4
  • the network topology has changed.
  • IAB-node5 increases the connection to IAB-node 4 and becomes a dual connection
  • an F1 transmission path from IAB-node5 and its downstream child node IAB-node 6 to donor-CU is added through IAB-node1 and IAB- node 2 path, the network topology changes.
  • R16NR has standardized the network update (topology adaptation) process when the IAB-node moves under the same donor-CU.
  • topology adaptation network update
  • the IAB-node When the IAB-node is migrated under the same donor-CU, only the migrated IAB-node needs to be switched to the new parent node, and the F1 transmission path is migrated to the new parent node, and the UE serving the migrated IAB-node does not need to switch .
  • the migrating IAB-node moves between two different donor-CUs, in addition to migrating the IAB-MT of the IAB-node needs to switch to the new donor-CU, the UE of the migrating IAB-node service may need to switch to the new donor -CU.
  • the migrated IAB-DU serves both the original donor-CU and the new donor-CU.
  • the logical IAB-DU is respectively connected to the original donor-CU and the new donor-CU and establishes an F1 connection.
  • the UE served by the migrating IAB-node switches to a new donor-CU, it is transferred from the cell of the logical IAB-DU connected to the original donor-CU to the cell of the logical IAB-DU connected to the new donor-CU.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a terminal device transfer method, device, and system.
  • an apparatus for migrating a terminal device the apparatus is set in a first IAB node, wherein the first IAB node is migrated from the first host distribution unit (CU) to
  • the device includes: a first establishing unit, which causes a second distribution unit (DU) to initiate a connection with the second host CU after receiving the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first host CU Establishment of an F1 connection in order to transfer a terminal device from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU; wherein the first DU has been connected to the first parent CU There is an F1 connection established.
  • a first establishing unit which causes a second distribution unit (DU) to initiate a connection with the second host CU after receiving the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first host CU Establishment of an F1 connection in order to transfer a terminal device from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU; wherein the first DU has been connected to the first
  • a device for migrating a terminal device the device is set in the first host CU, and the device is applied when the first IAB node migrates from the first host CU to the second host CU
  • the device includes: a sixth sending unit, which sends an F1 connection establishment instruction to the first IAB node, and the F1 connection establishment instruction is used to instruct the first IAB node to communicate with the first IAB node through the second DU
  • the second host CU establishes an F1 connection, so as to transfer the terminal device from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU; wherein, the first host CU and the The first DU of the first IAB node has established an F1 connection.
  • a terminal device transfer device a terminal device transfer device, the device is set in the second host CU, wherein the first IAB node is migrated from the first host CU
  • the apparatus includes: a second establishment unit, which establishes an F1 connection with the second DU of the first IAB node, so as to transfer the terminal device from the first DU of the first IAB node
  • the first cell of the second DU is transferred to the second cell of the second DU
  • the establishment of the F1 connection is initiated by the first IAB node after receiving the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first donor CU; wherein, the first The second host CU has established an F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node.
  • a network device is a first IAB node, and the network device includes the apparatus according to the first aspect of the embodiments of the present application.
  • a network device is a first host, and the network device includes the apparatus according to the second aspect of the embodiments of the present application.
  • a network device the network device is a second host, and the network device includes the apparatus according to the third aspect of the embodiments of the present application.
  • a method for transferring a terminal device wherein the first IAB node is migrated from a first host distribution unit (CU) to a second host CU, and the method includes: the first After receiving the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first host CU, the IAB node makes the second distribution unit (DU) initiate the establishment of the F1 connection with the second host CU, so as to transfer the terminal device from the first host CU The first cell of the first DU of an IAB node is transferred to the second cell of the second DU; wherein, the first DU has established an F1 connection with the first parent CU.
  • a terminal device transfer method the method is applied when a first IAB node migrates from the first host CU to a second host CU, the method includes: The first host CU sends an F1 connection establishment instruction to the first IAB node, and the F1 connection establishment instruction is used to instruct the first IAB node to establish an F1 connection with the second host CU through the second DU, so that transferring the terminal device from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU; wherein, the first parent CU and the first DU of the first IAB node have established a relationship F1 connection.
  • a terminal device transfer method wherein the first IAB node is migrated from the first host CU to the second host CU, and the method includes: the second host CU and the second host CU An F1 connection is established between the second DUs of the first IAB node, so as to transfer the terminal equipment from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU; the F1 connection The establishment is initiated by the first IAB node after receiving the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first host CU; wherein, the second host CU has established an F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node .
  • a computer-readable program wherein when the program is executed in the transfer device of the terminal device or the network device, the program causes the terminal device
  • the transfer device or network device executes the terminal device transfer method described in the seventh aspect, the eighth aspect, or the ninth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention.
  • a storage medium storing a computer-readable program, wherein the computer-readable program causes a transfer device of a terminal device or a network device to execute the seventh aspect of the embodiments of the present invention Or the terminal device transfer method described in the eighth aspect or the ninth aspect.
  • the first host CU sends an F1 connection establishment instruction to the first IAB node, which is used to instruct the first IAB node to establish an F1 connection with the second host CU through the second DU, which can facilitate
  • the terminal device is transferred from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU, thereby providing a terminal device when the first IAB node migrates from the first host CU to the second host CU
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of the IAB system
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of network topology changes caused by IAB-node movement
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the IAB architecture of the SA mode
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the IAB architecture of the EN-DC mode
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of a parent node (parent IAB-node) and a child node (child IAB-node);
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of the F1-U protocol stack of the IAB system
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of the F1-C protocol stack of the IAB system
  • Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device transfer method according to Embodiment 1 of the present application
  • Fig. 9 is another schematic diagram of the transfer method of the terminal device according to Embodiment 1 of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is another schematic diagram of the terminal device transfer method in Embodiment 1 of the present application according to Embodiment 1 of the present application;
  • FIG. 11 is another schematic diagram of the terminal device transfer method in Embodiment 1 of the present application according to Embodiment 1 of the present application;
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device transfer method according to Embodiment 2 of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is another schematic diagram of a terminal device transfer method according to Embodiment 2 of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is another schematic diagram of the terminal device transfer method according to Embodiment 2 of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device transfer method according to Embodiment 3 of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is another schematic diagram of a terminal device transfer method according to Embodiment 3 of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device transfer method according to Embodiment 4 of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device transfer method applied to scenario 1 according to Embodiment 4 of the present application.
  • FIG. 19 is another schematic diagram of a terminal device transfer method applied to scenario 1 according to Embodiment 4 of the present application.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device transfer method applied to scenario 2 according to Embodiment 4 of the present application;
  • FIG. 21 is another schematic diagram of a terminal device transfer method applied to scenario 2 according to Embodiment 4 of the present application.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of a transfer device of a terminal device according to Embodiment 5 of the present application.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of a transfer device of a terminal device according to Embodiment 6 of the present application.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of a transfer device of a terminal device according to Embodiment 7 of the present application.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic block diagram of a system configuration of a network device according to Embodiment 8 of the present application.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic block diagram of the system configuration of the network device according to Embodiment 9 of the present application.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic block diagram of a system configuration of a network device according to Embodiment 10 of the present application.
  • Fig. 28 is a schematic diagram of a communication system according to Embodiment 11 of the present application.
  • the terms “first”, “second”, etc. are used to distinguish different elements from the title, but do not indicate the spatial arrangement or time order of these elements, and these elements should not be referred to by these terms restricted.
  • the term “and/or” includes any and all combinations of one or more of the associated listed items.
  • the terms “comprising”, “including”, “having” and the like refer to the presence of stated features, elements, elements or components, but do not exclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, elements, elements or components.
  • the term “communication network” or “wireless communication network” may refer to a network conforming to any of the following communication standards, such as Long Term Evolution (LTE, Long Term Evolution), Enhanced Long Term Evolution (LTE-A, LTE- Advanced), Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access), High-Speed Packet Access (HSPA, High-Speed Packet Access), etc.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-A Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-A Long Term Evolution-A
  • LTE- Advanced Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • High-Speed Packet Access High-Speed Packet Access
  • the communication between devices in the communication system can be carried out according to any stage of communication protocol, for example, it can include but not limited to the following communication protocols: 1G (generation), 2G, 2.5G, 2.75G, 3G, 4G, 4.5G and future 5G, New Radio (NR, New Radio), etc., and/or other communication protocols that are currently known or will be developed in the future.
  • Network device refers to, for example, a device in a communication system that connects a user equipment to a communication network and provides services for the user equipment.
  • Network devices may include but are not limited to the following devices: “node” and/or “donor” under the IAB architecture, base station (BS, Base Station), access point (AP, Access Point), sending and receiving Point (TRP, Transmission Reception Point), broadcast transmitter, mobile management entity (MME, Mobile Management Entity), gateway, server, radio network controller (RNC, Radio Network Controller), base station controller (BSC, Base Station Controller) etc.
  • the base station may include but not limited to: Node B (NodeB or NB), evolved Node B (eNodeB or eNB), and 5G base station (gNB), etc., and may also include Remote Radio Head (RRH, Remote Radio Head) , Remote Radio Unit (RRU, Remote Radio Unit), relay (relay) or low-power node (such as femto, pico, etc.).
  • NodeB Node B
  • eNodeB or eNB evolved Node B
  • gNB 5G base station
  • RRH Remote Radio Head
  • RRU Remote Radio Unit
  • relay relay
  • low-power node such as femto, pico, etc.
  • base station may include some or all of their functions, each base station may provide communication coverage for a particular geographic area.
  • the term "cell” can refer to a base station and/or its coverage area depending on the context in which the term is used.
  • the term "User Equipment” refers to, for example, a device that accesses a communication network through a network device and receives network services, and may also be called “Terminal Equipment” (TE, Terminal Equipment).
  • a terminal device may be fixed or mobile, and may also be called a mobile station (MS, Mobile Station), a terminal, a subscriber station (SS, Subscriber Station), an access terminal (AT, Access Terminal), a station, etc.
  • MS mobile station
  • SS subscriber station
  • AT Access Terminal
  • a station a station
  • the terminal equipment may include but not limited to the following equipment: Cellular Phone (Cellular Phone), Personal Digital Assistant (PDA, Personal Digital Assistant), wireless modem, wireless communication equipment, handheld equipment, machine-type communication equipment, laptop computer, Cordless phones, smartphones, smart watches, digital cameras, and more.
  • Cellular Phone Cellular Phone
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • wireless modem wireless communication equipment
  • handheld equipment machine-type communication equipment
  • laptop computer Cordless phones
  • Cordless phones smartphones, smart watches, digital cameras, and more.
  • the terminal device can also be a machine or device for monitoring or measurement, such as but not limited to: a machine type communication (MTC, Machine Type Communication) terminal, Vehicle communication terminal, device to device (D2D, Device to Device) terminal, machine to machine (M2M, Machine to Machine) terminal, etc.
  • MTC Machine Type Communication
  • Vehicle communication terminal device to device (D2D, Device to Device) terminal
  • M2M Machine to Machine
  • the IAB-node can access the network through an independent networking (SA, Standalone) mode or a non-independent networking (EN-DC, E-UTRA-NRDualConnectivity) mode.
  • SA independent networking
  • EN-DC non-independent networking
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an IAB architecture in SA mode.
  • Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of the IAB architecture of the EN-DC mode.
  • the IAB node in the dual connectivity mode, the IAB node is connected to a MeNB through E-UTRA, and the IAB host serves as the SgNB to terminate X2-C.
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of an IAB node (IAB-node), a parent node (parent IAB-node) and a child node (child IAB-node).
  • IAB-node IAB node
  • parent IAB-node parent node
  • child IAB-node child node
  • the IAB-DU of the IAB node is connected to the IAB-MT of the child node as the network side
  • the IAB-MT of the IAB node is connected to the IAB-DU of the parent node as the terminal side.
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of the F1 user plane (F1-U) protocol stack between the IAB-DU and the IAB-Donor CU.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of the F1 control plane (F1-C) protocol stack between the IAB-DU and the IAB-Donor CU.
  • F1-U and F1-C are established on the transmission (IP) layer between IAB-DU and IAB-Donor-CU, and in Figure 6 and Figure 7, after two hops of wireless transmission and one-hop wired return.
  • the transport (IP) layer is carried on the Backhaul Adaptive Protocol (BAP) sublayer, and the BAP entity in the IAB-node implements the routing function of the IAB system, and the IAB-Donor CU provides the routing table.
  • BAP PDU Provide Protocol Data Unit
  • RLC Radio Link Control
  • Multiple RLC channels of the backhaul link can be configured by IAB-Donor to carry different priorities and QoS (Quality of Service) ) business, the BAP entity maps the BAP PDU to different backhaul RLC channels.
  • Embodiment 1 of the present application provides a transfer method of a terminal device, which is described from the side of the first IAB node.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device transfer method according to Embodiment 1 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 8, the method includes:
  • Step 801 After receiving the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first host CU, the first IAB node makes the second distribution unit (DU) initiate the establishment of the F1 connection with the second host CU, so as to transfer the terminal device from The first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node is transferred to the second cell of the second DU;
  • the second distribution unit (DU) initiates the establishment of the F1 connection with the second host CU, so as to transfer the terminal device from The first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node is transferred to the second cell of the second DU;
  • the first DU has established an F1 connection with the first host CU.
  • the terminal device can be conveniently transferred from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU, thus providing a method for the first IAB node to migrate from the first host CU to the second host
  • the terminal device is also transferred from the first host CU to the second host CU.
  • the method also includes:
  • Step 802 the first IAB node receives the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first host CU.
  • the first IAB node is the IAB node for migration
  • the first host is the original host of the first IAB node, that is, the source host of the migration
  • the second host is the new host of the first IAB node, that is, the migration target host.
  • the first host CU is the CU of the first host, that is, the CU of the original host
  • the second host CU is the CU of the second host, that is, the CU of the new host.
  • the F1 connection establishment instruction is sent by the first owner CU to the first IAB node through an RRC reconfiguration message or an F1AP message.
  • the first IAB node receives the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first donor CU through an RRC reconfiguration message or an F1AP message.
  • step 802 after receiving the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first host CU, the first IAB node makes the second distribution unit (DU) initiate the establishment of the F1 connection with the second host CU; thus, the method Can also include:
  • Step 803 the second DU of the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU.
  • FIG. 9 is another schematic diagram of the terminal device transfer method according to Embodiment 1 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 9, the method includes:
  • Step 901 the first IAB node receives the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first host CU;
  • Step 902 the second DU of the first IAB node initiates the establishment of the F1 connection with the second host CU;
  • Step 903 the second DU of the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU.
  • the method may further include:
  • Step 904 the first IAB node sends at least one of the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point and the second NCGI of the second cell to the first host CU;
  • the method may further include:
  • Step 905 the first IAB node sends the correspondence between the NCGI of the first cell and the second NCGI of the second cell to the first donor CU.
  • the first host CU is informed that the first IAB node has established an F1 connection with the second host CU, and requests the second host CU to transfer the terminal equipment accessed to the first cell to the second cell.
  • PCI is a physical cell ID (Physical Cell ID).
  • NCGI is NR Cell Global Identity, which is the unique identifier of a cell in the world.
  • Fig. 10 is another schematic diagram of the terminal device transfer method in Embodiment 1 of the present application according to Embodiment 1 of the present application. As shown in Fig. 10 , the method includes:
  • Step 1001 the first IAB node receives the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first host CU;
  • Step 1002 the second DU of the first IAB node initiates the establishment of the F1 connection with the second host CU;
  • the method may also include:
  • Step 1003 When the second DU establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU, the first IAB node sends the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI of the first cell through an F1 establishment request message. at least one of , and send it to the second host CU.
  • the second host CU can send the information of the second cell to the first host CU, so that the first host CU can learn about the first IAB
  • the node has established an F1 connection with the second donor CU, and requests the second donor CU to transfer the terminal equipment connected to the first cell to the second cell.
  • the F1 Setup Request message may also include: the first NCGI of the first cell and the first NCGI of the second cell Second NCGI correspondence.
  • the first IAB node may share the same air interface resources for the first cell of the first DU and the second cell of the second DU.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device is transferred from the first cell of the first DU connected to the first parent CU to the second cell of the second DU connected to the second parent CU, the first IAB node does not need to be a cell of two DUs Two sets of different air interface resources are prepared at the same time, which improves the utilization efficiency of air interface resources.
  • the first IAB node migrates from the first host CU to the second host CU, the first cell of the first DU and the second cell of the second DU use different air interface resources. This embodiment of the application does not limit this.
  • the air interface resources can only send signals related to one cell, and the air interface resources need to be transmitted from the first cell The related signal is switched to transmit the signal related to the second cell.
  • the method may further include:
  • Step 906 the first IAB node receives an air interface resource conversion instruction from the first host CU;
  • Step 907 The first IAB node switches air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell.
  • the first donor CU needs to know whether the first cell and the second cell use the same air interface resources.
  • the method can also include:
  • Step 908 The first IAB node sends an air interface resource sharing indication to the second donor CU, where the air interface resource sharing indication is used to indicate that the first cell of the first DU and the second cell of the second DU share the same air interface resources.
  • the first PCI and the first downlink frequency of the first cell are the same as those of the second cell.
  • the second PCI and the second downlink frequency points may be the same or different, but since the two cells belong to different host CUs, the NCGIs of the two cells must be different.
  • the above steps enable the first host CU to know the second PCI and the second downlink frequency of the second cell, so as to determine whether the PCI and the downlink frequency of the first cell and the second cell are the same. If the PCI and downlink frequencies of the first cell and the second cell are the same, when the air interface resources are switched from sending signals related to the first cell to sending signals related to the second cell, the air interface resources can continue to serve the original connection to the first cell. For the terminal equipment in the cell, even if the public configurations of the two cells are different (including NCGI), the terminal equipment originally connected to the first cell will not experience radio link failure.
  • a dedicated RRC message such as an RRC reconfiguration message for handover
  • the terminal device After connecting to the second cell, the terminal device needs to read the first System information of the second cell to obtain the public cell configuration of the second cell.
  • the method may further include:
  • Step 909 The first IAB node receives a system information change request from the first host CU, and sends a system information change instruction to the terminal device, so as to trigger the terminal device to receive system information related to the second cell.
  • the system information change request may be included in the air interface resource switching instruction, that is, step 906 and step 909 may be performed in combination.
  • the system information change request and the air interface resource switching instruction may also be sent separately, that is, step 906 and step 909 are executed separately.
  • the air interface resources cannot continue to serve
  • the terminal equipment originally connected to the first cell, and the terminal equipment originally connected to the first cell may experience radio link failure.
  • the RRC reconfiguration message for handover may be used to trigger the terminal device to transfer from the first cell to the second cell, and the RRC reconfiguration message may be used to configure the public cell configuration of the second cell to the terminal device.
  • the method may further include:
  • Step 910 The first IAB node receives a downlink F1AP message sent by the first host CU through the first DU, where the downlink F1AP message includes an RRC reconfiguration message for the terminal device;
  • Step 911 the first IAB node sends the RRC reconfiguration message to the terminal device
  • the RRC reconfiguration message is used to transfer the terminal equipment from the first cell to the second cell; since the first cell and the second cell belong to different owner CUs, the terminal equipment must update the A master key, the RRC reconfiguration message at least includes master key update information (MasterKeyUpdate) and synchronization reconfiguration information (ReconfigurationWithSync) for the terminal device to synchronize to the second cell.
  • MasterKeyUpdate master key update information
  • ReconfigurationWithSync synchronization reconfiguration information
  • the synchronous reconfiguration information may include the PCI of the second cell and the public configuration information of the second cell.
  • the synchronous reconfiguration information includes the PCI of the second cell and the public configuration information of the second cell.
  • the air interface resource switching indication may be carried in the last downlink F1AP message sent by the first host CU in step 909 .
  • step 911 when the first IAB node successfully sends the RRC reconfiguration message contained in the downlink F1AP to the terminal device, step 907 is performed, that is, the first IAB node broadcasts the air interface resource from the broadcast to the terminal device. Signals related to the first cell are converted to broadcast signals related to the second cell.
  • the handover timer T304 expires, causing these terminals to initiate RRC re-establishment.
  • the time length of T304 can be increased, so that the terminal equipment can be handed over to the second cell successfully.
  • conditional handover for the terminal device.
  • the terminal device When receiving the conditional handover configuration, the terminal device does not immediately trigger the handover (execute RRC reconfiguration, such as starting T304), but when the signal L3filter measurement result of the second cell satisfies The transfer to the second cell is triggered (starting T304) only when the configured conditions are met. In this way, the conditional handover can be triggered only after the air interface resources are transferred to the second cell, and the terminal device can start T304, so that the terminal device is successfully handed over to the second cell.
  • the RRC reconfiguration message of the terminal device may be an RRC reconfiguration message for conditional handover (CHO); the RRC reconfiguration message also includes A condition for the terminal device to switch to the second cell.
  • the first The IAB node no longer uses the F1 connection with the first host CU.
  • the first IAB node uses the second DU and passes through the connection with the second host CU. F1 connection.
  • the method may further include:
  • Step 912 the first IAB node sends the RRC reconfiguration complete message received from the terminal device to the second owner CU through the second DU.
  • the first IAB node converts the air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell. After the cell-related signal, the first IAB node does not need to allocate a new C-RNTI for the terminal equipment transferred to the second cell.
  • the C-RNTI of the terminal device in the second cell is the same as the C-RNTI of the terminal device in the first cell.
  • the UE context of the terminal device under the second DU can be completely inherited from the context of the terminal device under the first DU, including the unique identifier gNB-DU UE F1AP ID of the UE in the first IAB node.
  • the method may further include:
  • Step 913 The first IAB node initiates the release of the F1 connection between the first DU and the first host CU.
  • steps similar to steps 906 to 913 may also be performed.
  • the embodiment of the present application uses the method shown in FIG. 9 as an example for description, and the description will not be repeated here.
  • the first IAB node switches the air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell according to the air interface resource switching instruction received from the first host CU. To broadcast a signal related to the second cell.
  • the first IAB node may also switch the air interface resources spontaneously.
  • the first IAB node can spontaneously perform air interface resource conversion.
  • Fig. 11 is another schematic diagram of the terminal device transfer method in Embodiment 1 of the present application according to Embodiment 1 of the present application. As shown in Fig. 11 , the method includes:
  • Step 1101 the first IAB node receives the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first owner CU;
  • Step 1102 the second DU of the first IAB node initiates the establishment of the F1 connection with the second host CU;
  • Step 1103 the second DU of the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU;
  • Step 1104 the first IAB node switches air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell.
  • the method may further include:
  • Step 1105 the first IAB node initiates the release of the F1 connection between the first DU and the first host CU.
  • the terminal device can be conveniently transferred from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU, thereby providing a method of migrating the first IAB node from the first host CU An effective mechanism for the terminal device to also transfer from the first host CU to the second host CU when reaching the second host CU.
  • Embodiment 2 of the present application provides a transfer method of a terminal device, which is described from the side of the first host CU. It corresponds to the method of Example 1, and the same parts will not be described repeatedly.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device transfer method according to Embodiment 2 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 12, the method includes:
  • Step 1201 the first host CU sends an F1 connection establishment indication to the first IAB node, and the F1 connection establishment indication is used to instruct the first IAB node to establish an F1 connection with the second host CU through a second DU, so as to The terminal device is transferred from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU;
  • the first host CU has established an F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node.
  • the terminal device can be conveniently transferred from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU, thus providing a method for the first IAB node to migrate from the first host CU to the second host
  • An effective mechanism for a terminal device to also transfer from a first host CU to a second host CU when a CU is used.
  • the first host CU may send the F1 connection establishment instruction to the first IAB node through an RRC reconfiguration message or an F1AP message.
  • the method may further include:
  • Step 1202 The first host CU receives an indication from the second host CU of accepting the request for establishing an F1 connection with the first IAB node.
  • the first host CU receives an indication from the second host CU of accepting the request to establish an F1 connection with the first IAB node through an Xn handover response message directed to the first IAB node.
  • the method may further include:
  • Step 1203 the first host CU receives the TNL address configured for the first IAB node by the second host CU for the first IAB node to establish an F1 connection with the second host CU;
  • the TNL address is included in the Xn Handover Response message for the first IAB node.
  • step 1202 and step 1203 can be performed in combination.
  • the method may further include:
  • Step 1204 the first host CU requests the second host CU to establish an F1 connection with the first IAB node.
  • the first host CU requests the second host CU to establish an F1 connection with the first IAB node through an Xn handover request message directed to the first IAB node.
  • the first host CU may send the F1 connection indication to the first IAB node through a downlink F1AP message, wherein the downlink F1AP message includes information for the first IAB node and the first IAB node.
  • the TNL address for the second host CU to establish the F1 connection for example, the TNL address obtained from the second host CU in step 1203 for the first IAB node to establish the F1 connection with the second host CU.
  • the TNL address used to establish the F1 connection between the first IAB node and the second host CU may also be included in the RRC reconfiguration message for the first IAB node carried by the Xn handover response message
  • the first host CU forwards the RRC reconfiguration message for the first IAB node to the first IAB node, where the RRC reconfiguration message is used to indicate the first IAB node
  • An F1 connection is established with the second host CU.
  • the method further includes:
  • Step 1205 the first donor CU sends an Xn handover request message for the terminal device to the second donor CU, wherein the Xn handover response message includes the first NCGI of the first cell.
  • the Xn handover response message contains the first NCGI of the first cell.
  • the second donor CU can pass the first NCGI The corresponding relationship between the NCGI and the second NCGI, it is learned that the target cell to which the terminal equipment transfers is the second cell.
  • the method also includes:
  • Step 1206 When the first host CU finishes sending the last downlink F1AP message containing the RRC reconfiguration message of the terminal device, or when the first host CU receives the last message sent by the second host CU for the terminal device, the first host CU initiates the release of the F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node.
  • FIG. 13 is another schematic diagram of the terminal device transfer method according to Embodiment 2 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 13, the method includes:
  • Step 1301 The first host CU receives an indication from the second host CU of accepting the request to establish an F1 connection with the first IAB node;
  • Step 1302 the first host CU receives the TNL address configured by the second host CU for the first IAB node for the first IAB node to establish an F1 connection with the second host CU;
  • Step 1303 the first host CU sends an F1 connection establishment instruction to the first IAB node, and the F1 connection establishment instruction is used to instruct the first IAB node to establish an F1 connection with the second host CU through the second DU, so as to The terminal device is transferred from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU;
  • the method may further include:
  • Step 1304 the first host CU receives at least one of the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point and the second NCGI of the second cell from the first IAB node;
  • Step 1305 The first donor CU receives the correspondence between the first NCGI of the first cell and the second NCGI of the second cell from the first IAB node.
  • the first host CU can learn that the first IAB node has established an F1 connection with the second host CU, thereby triggering a transfer process for the terminal device.
  • the method may further include:
  • Step 1306 the first donor CU sends an Xn handover request message for the terminal device to the second donor CU, where the Xn handover request message includes the second NCGI of the second cell.
  • the Xn switching request message contains the second NCGI.
  • FIG. 14 is another schematic diagram of the terminal device transfer method according to Embodiment 2 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 14, the method includes:
  • Step 1401 The first host CU receives an indication from the second host CU of accepting the request to establish an F1 connection with the first IAB node;
  • Step 1402 the first host CU receives the TNL address configured for the first IAB node by the second host CU for the first IAB node to establish an F1 connection with the second host CU;
  • Step 1403 the first host CU sends an F1 connection establishment indication to the first IAB node, and the F1 connection establishment indication is used to instruct the first IAB node to establish an F1 connection with the second host CU through the second DU, so as to The terminal device is transferred from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU;
  • the method may further include:
  • Step 1404 The first host CU receives at least one of the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point and the second NCGI of the second cell from the second host CU;
  • Step 1405 The first donor CU receives the correspondence between the first NCGI of the first cell and the second NCGI of the second cell from the second donor CU.
  • the first host CU may receive at least one of the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, and the second NCGI of the second cell from the second host CU through a node configuration update message (Node Configure Update) .
  • the first host CU can learn that the first IAB node has established an F1 connection with the second host CU, thereby triggering a transfer process for the terminal device.
  • the method may further include:
  • Step 1406 the first donor CU sends an Xn handover request message for the terminal device to the second donor CU, wherein the Xn handover response message includes the second NCGI of the second cell.
  • the Xn handover response message contains the second NCGI.
  • the method may further include:
  • Step 1407 When the first host CU finishes sending the last downlink F1AP message containing the RRC reconfiguration message for switching the terminal device, or when the first host CU receives the last When there is a UE context release indication message of the terminal device, the first host CU initiates the release of the F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node.
  • the method shown in FIG. 12 to FIG. 14 may further include: the first host CU sending at least one of the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI of the first cell to the The second host CU.
  • the first owner CU sends the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first At least one of the NCGIs is sent to the second host CU.
  • the first cell of the first DU and the second cell of the second DU may share the same air interface resources.
  • the terminal device can transfer from the first cell of the first DU connected to the first parent CU to the second cell of the second DU connected to the second parent CU, the first IAB node does not need to be two DUs
  • the cell prepares two different sets of air interface resources at the same time, which improves the efficiency of air interface resources.
  • the method in FIGS. 12 to 14 may further include: the first host CU receiving an air interface resource sharing indication sent by the first IAB node, where the air interface resource sharing indication is used to indicate that the first cell and the second cell share the same air interface resources.
  • the first IAB node migrates from the first host CU to the second host CU, the first cell of the first DU and the second cell of the second DU use different air interface resources. This embodiment of the application does not limit this.
  • the method may further include: the first host CU sends an air interface resource conversion instruction to the first IAB node, wherein the air interface resource conversion The indication is used to instruct the first IAB node to switch the air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell.
  • the method in FIG. 12 to FIG. 14 may further include:
  • the first host CU sends a system information change request to the first IAB node, so as to trigger the first IAB node to send a system information change instruction to the terminal device.
  • the first host CU sends the system information change to the first IAB node ask.
  • the method may further include:
  • the first host CU sends a downlink F1AP message to the first IAB node through the first DU, where the downlink F1AP message includes an RRC reconfiguration message for the terminal device;
  • the RRC reconfiguration message is used to transfer the terminal equipment from the first cell to the second cell; the RRC reconfiguration message at least includes master key update information and information for the terminal equipment to synchronize to the second cell Synchronous reconfiguration information (ReconfigurationWithSync).
  • the synchronous reconfiguration information may include the PCI of the second cell and the public configuration information of the second cell.
  • the synchronous reconfiguration information includes the PCI of the second cell and the public configuration information of the second cell.
  • the RRC reconfiguration message is an RRC reconfiguration message for conditional handover (CHO).
  • the RRC reconfiguration message is an RRC reconfiguration message for conditional handover (CHO); the RRC reconfiguration message also includes the terminal equipment switched to The condition of the second cell.
  • the air interface resource conversion indication is carried in the last downlink F1AP message sent by the first host CU.
  • the air interface resource switching indication is carried in the last downlink F1AP message sent by the first donor CU.
  • the terminal device can be conveniently transferred from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU, thereby providing a method of migrating the first IAB node from the first host CU An effective mechanism for the terminal device to also transfer from the first host CU to the second host CU when reaching the second host CU.
  • Embodiment 3 of the present application provides a transfer method of a terminal device, which is described from the side of the second host CU. It corresponds to the methods of Example 1 and Example 2, and the same parts will not be described repeatedly.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device transfer method according to Embodiment 3 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 15, the method includes:
  • Step 1501 An F1 connection is established between the second parent CU and the second DU of the first IAB node, so as to transfer the terminal device from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second DU of the second DU.
  • the second cell the establishment of the F1 connection is initiated by the first IAB node after receiving the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first owner CU;
  • the second host CU has established an F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node.
  • the method further includes:
  • Step 1502 the second host CU receives the request sent by the first host CU to establish an F1 connection between the second host CU and the first IAB node.
  • the second host CU receives a request sent by the first host CU to establish an F1 connection between the second host CU and the first IAB node through an Xn switching request message directed to the first IAB node.
  • the method further includes:
  • Step 1503 the second host CU sends to the first host CU an indication of accepting the request for establishing an F1 connection with the first IAB node.
  • the second host CU sends to the first host CU an indication of accepting the request for establishing an F1 connection with the first IAB node through an Xn handover response message directed at the first IAB node.
  • the method further includes:
  • Step 1504 the second host CU sends to the first host CU the TNL address configured for the first IAB node for establishing an F1 connection between the first IAB node and the second host CU.
  • the TNL address is included in the Xn handover response message for the first IAB node, or the TNL address for the first IAB node to establish an F1 connection with the second host CU is included in the Xn handover response message carried In the RRC reconfiguration message for the first IAB node.
  • step 1503 and step 1504 may be performed in combination.
  • the first host CU by sending to the first host CU an indication of accepting the request to establish an F1 connection with the first IAB node and the TNL configured for the first IAB node for establishing an F1 connection between the first IAB node and the second host CU
  • the address enables the first host to send an F connection establishment instruction to the first IAB node, so that the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU.
  • the method further includes:
  • Step 1505 The second donor CU receives an Xn handover request message for the terminal device from the first host CU, wherein the Xn handover response message includes the second NCGI of the second cell or the first NCGI of the first cell.
  • the Xn handover response message includes the second NCGI of the second cell, otherwise, the Xn handover response message includes the first NCGI of the first cell .
  • FIG. 16 is another schematic diagram of the terminal device transfer method according to Embodiment 3 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 16, the method includes:
  • Step 1601 The second host CU receives a request from the first host CU to establish an F1 connection between the second host CU and the first IAB node;
  • Step 1602 the second host CU sends to the first host CU an indication of accepting the request to establish an F1 connection with the first IAB node;
  • Step 1603 the second host CU sends to the first host CU the TNL address configured for the first IAB node for establishing an F1 connection between the first IAB node and the second host CU;
  • Step 1604 An F1 connection is established between the second parent CU and the second DU of the first IAB node, so as to transfer the terminal device from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second DU of the second DU.
  • the second cell the establishment of the F1 connection is initiated by the first IAB node after receiving the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first owner CU;
  • the second host CU has established an F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node.
  • the method further includes:
  • Step 1605 the second host CU sends at least one of the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point and the second NCGI of the second cell to the first host CU;
  • Step 1606 the second donor CU sends the correspondence between the NCGI of the first cell and the NCGI of the second cell to the first donor CU.
  • Step 1607 The second donor CU receives an Xn handover request message for the terminal device from the first donor CU, where the Xn handover request message includes the second NCGI of the second cell.
  • step 1605 for example, the second host CU sends at least the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, and the second NCGI of the second cell to the first host CU through a node configuration update message (Node Configure Update). one.
  • Node Configure Update a node configuration update message
  • the method may further include:
  • the second donor CU receives at least one of the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point and the first NCGI of the first cell from the first donor CU.
  • the second host CU receives the first PCI of the first cell, the first At least one of the downlink frequency point and the first NCGI.
  • the second host CU when establishing an F1 connection between the second host CU and the second DU of the first IAB node, receives the first IAB node sent by the first IAB node through an F1 establishment request message. At least one of the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI of a cell.
  • the F1 establishment request message further includes: a correspondence between the first NCGI of the first cell and the second NCGI of the second cell.
  • the second host CU can obtain the first NCGI of the first cell of the first IAB node through the first host CU or the first IAB node.
  • the first host CU may know that the target cell for transfer of the terminal device is the second cell of the first IAB node.
  • the first cell and the second cell may share the same air interface resource. If the PCIs of the first cell and the second cell are different or the downlink frequencies are different, after the first IAB node converts the air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell, the first The IAB node does not need to allocate a new C-RNTI for the terminal equipment transferred to the second cell.
  • the C-RNTI of the terminal device in the second cell is the same as the C-RNTI of the terminal device in the first cell.
  • the UE context of the terminal device under the second DU can be completely inherited from the context of the terminal device under the first DU, including the unique identifier gNB-DU UE F1AP ID of the terminal device in the first IAB node.
  • the second host CU may determine that the PCI or downlink frequency of the first cell is different from that of the second cell, so as not to request the second DU of the IAB node to establish the context of the terminal device.
  • the method further includes: the second donor CU determines that the PCI or downlink frequency of the first cell is different from that of the second cell, and the second donor CU does not send the second DU for the terminal device to the second DU of the IAB node.
  • UE context establishment request the second donor CU determines that the PCI or downlink frequency of the first cell is different from that of the second cell, and the second donor CU does not send the second DU for the terminal device to the second DU of the IAB node.
  • the terminal device can be conveniently transferred from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU, thereby providing a method for migrating the first IAB node from the first host CU An effective mechanism for the terminal device to also transfer from the first host CU to the second host CU when reaching the second host CU.
  • Embodiment 4 of the present application provides a transfer method of a terminal device, which is described from the side of the first IAB node, the side of the first host CU, the side of the second host CU, and the side of the terminal device. It corresponds to the methods of Example 1, Example 2 and Example 3, and the same parts will not be described repeatedly.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device transfer method according to Embodiment 4 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 17, the method includes:
  • Step 1701 the first host CU sends a request to the second host CU to establish an F1 connection between the second host CU and the first IAB node;
  • Step 1702 the second host CU sends to the first host CU an indication of accepting the request to establish an F1 connection with the first IAB node;
  • Step 1703 the second host CU sends to the first host CU the TNL address configured for the first IAB node for establishing an F1 connection between the first IAB node and the second host CU;
  • Step 1704 the first host CU sends an F1 connection establishment instruction to the first IAB node
  • Step 1705 the second DU of the first IAB node initiates the establishment of the F1 connection with the second host CU;
  • Step 1706 the second DU of the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU.
  • the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node and the second cell of the second DU share the same set of air interface resources, and use different PCIs or different downlink frequencies (ARFCN-DL):
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device transfer method applied to scenario 1 according to Embodiment 4 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 18 , the method includes:
  • IAB-MT switching of IAB-DU and migration of F1 connection wherein, the MT of the first IAB node is switched to the second host CU, and the transmission path of the DU of the first IAB node and the F1 connection of the first host CU is migrated to the second host CU. host side;
  • the second DU of the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU;
  • the first IAB node sends the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, the second NCGI and the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI to the first host CU through the F1 Setup Information message;
  • the first host CU sends an Xn handover request message for the terminal device to the second host CU, indicating that the target cell of the terminal device is the second NCGI, and also includes the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, the first PCI, the second downlink frequency point and the second NCGI;
  • the second host CU determines that the PCI or downlink frequency of the first IAB node has changed through the Xn switching request, and does not send a UE context establishment request to the first IAB node;
  • the second host CU sends an Xn handover response message to the first host CU, which carries the RRC reconfiguration message generated by the second host CU, and the RRC reconfiguration message includes the second PCI, the second NCGI-related key information (MasterKeyUpdate) and T304 . If conditional handover is configured for the terminal device, the RRC reconfiguration message also includes the conditions that the measurement results of the second cell need to meet when triggering the transfer to the second cell;
  • the first host CU forwards the RRC reconfiguration message to the first IAB node through the DL F1AP;
  • the first host CU determines that the PCI or downlink frequency of the first IAB node has changed through the F1 establishment information message, and when the first host CU sends the RRC reconfiguration message of all terminal devices, it sends an air interface resource switch to the first IAB node Instructing, triggering the first IAB node to start sending the air interface signal of the second cell, and in addition, enabling the context of the terminal device under the F1 connection of the second parent CU to inherit the UE context of the terminal device under the F1 connection of the first parent CU;
  • the terminal device performs RRC reconfiguration, and initiates random access to the first IAB node; or, when the L3filter measurement result of the signal of the second PCI cell meets the conditions required to trigger the transfer to the second PCI cell, the terminal device performs RRC reconfiguration , initiate random access to the first IAB node, and send an RRC reconfiguration complete message;
  • the first IAB node forwards the RRC reconfiguration complete message through the F1 connection (UL F1AP) with the second host CU;
  • the first IAB node After receiving the air interface resource switching instruction, the first IAB node initiates the release of the F1 connection with the first host CU.
  • FIG. 19 is another schematic diagram of a terminal device transfer method applied to scenario 1 according to Embodiment 4 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 19 , the method includes:
  • the second DU of the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU, wherein the F1 Setup Req st message sent by the first IAB node includes the second PCI, the second downlink frequency, the second NCGI, the first PCI, the second Downlink frequency, No. 1 NCGI;
  • the second host CU sends a node configuration update message to the first host CU, which carries the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, the second NCGI and the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI.
  • the first host CU sends an Xn handover request message for the terminal device to the second host CU, indicating that the target cell of the terminal device is the second NCGI, and also includes the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, the first PCI, the first downlink Frequency point, the first NCGI.
  • the second host CU determines that the PCI or downlink frequency of the first IAB node changes through the Xn switching request, and does not send a terminal device context establishment request to the first IAB node.
  • the second host CU sends an Xn handover response message to the first host CU, which carries the RRC reconfiguration message generated by the second host CU, and the RRC reconfiguration message includes the second PCI, the second NCGI-related key information (MasterKeyUpdate) and T304 . If conditional handover is configured for the terminal device, the RRC reconfiguration message also includes a condition that the measurement result of the second PCI cell needs to meet when the transfer to the second PCI cell is triggered.
  • the first host CU forwards the RRC reconfiguration message to the first IAB node through the F1 connection.
  • the first host CU determines that the PCI and downlink frequency of the first IAB node have changed through the F1 establishment information message.
  • the first host CU sends the RRC reconfiguration message of all terminal devices, it sends an air interface resource switch to the first IAB node.
  • the instruction triggers the first IAB node to start sending the air interface signal of the second cell, and also makes the F1 connection between the first IAB node and the second host CU inherit the terminal device context of the terminal device under the F1 connection of the first host CU.
  • the terminal device performs RRC reconfiguration, and initiates random access to the first IAB node; or, when the L3filter measurement result of the signal of the second PCI cell meets the conditions required to trigger the transfer to the second PCI cell, the terminal device performs RRC reconfiguration , initiate random access to the first IAB node, and send an RRC reconfiguration complete message;
  • the first IAB node forwards the RRC reconfiguration complete message through the F1 connection (UL F1AP) with the second owner CU.
  • the first IAB node After receiving the air interface resource switching instruction, the first IAB node initiates the release of the F1 connection with the first host CU.
  • Scenario 2 The first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node and the second cell of the second DU share the same set of air interface resources, and use the same PCI or the same downlink frequency point (ARFCN-DL):
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device transfer method applied to scenario 2 according to Embodiment 4 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 20 , the method includes:
  • the second DU of the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU;
  • the first IAB node sends the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, the second NCGI and the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI to the first host CU through the F1 establishment information message;
  • the first host CU determines that the PCI and downlink frequency of the first IAB node have not changed, and sends a system information change request to the first IAB node;
  • the first IAB node sends a system information change instruction to the terminal device, triggering the terminal device to receive the changed system information; or, sending a dedicated RRC reconfiguration message to configure updated system information to the terminal device whose active BWP does not include a public search space;
  • the first host CU sends an Xn handover request message for the terminal device to the second host CU, indicating that the target cell of the terminal device is the second NCGI, and also includes the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, the first PCI, the first downlink Frequency point, the first NCGI.
  • the above two steps are not limited, that is, the order in which the first IAB node sends a system information change instruction to the terminal device and the first host CU sends a switching request for the terminal device to the second host CU;
  • the second host CU determines that the PCI and downlink frequency of the first IAB node have not changed through the Xn switching request, and sends a terminal device context establishment request to the first IAB node;
  • the first IAB node allocates a new C-RNTI and a new gNB-DU terminal device F1AP ID for the terminal device, and binds the terminal device with the F1 signaling connection between the second host CU and the first IAB node.
  • the first IAB node sends a terminal device context establishment response to the second host CU, carrying the new C-RNTI and the new gNB-DU terminal device F1AP ID;
  • the second host CU sends an Xn handover response message to the first host CU, which carries the RRC reconfiguration message generated by the second host CU, and the RRC reconfiguration message includes the key information (MasterKeyUpdate) related to the second NCGI and the new C-RNTI;
  • the first host CU forwards the RRC reconfiguration message to the first IAB node through the F1 connection;
  • the terminal device uses the new C-RNTI and new key to send an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the first IAB node.
  • the first IAB node determines the new gNB-DU terminal device F1AP ID through the new C-RNTI and communicates with the F1AP ID of the second host CU.
  • the connection forwards the RRC reconfiguration complete message;
  • the second host CU sends a terminal device context release request to the original Donor
  • the first host CU When receiving context release requests from all terminal devices, or after sending RRC reconfiguration messages from all terminal devices, the first host CU initiates the release of the F1 connection with the first IAB node.
  • FIG. 21 is another schematic diagram of the terminal device transfer method applied to scenario 2 according to Embodiment 4 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 21 , the method includes:
  • the second DU of the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU, wherein the F1 Setup Reqst message sent by the first IAB node includes the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, the second NCGI and the first PCI, the first Downlink frequency point, the first NCGI;
  • the second host CU sends a node configuration update message to the first host CU, which carries the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, the second NCGI and the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI;
  • the first host CU determines that the PCI and downlink frequency of the first IAB node have not changed, and sends a system information change request to the first IAB node;
  • the first IAB node sends a system information change instruction to the terminal device, triggering the terminal device to receive the changed system information; or, sending a dedicated RRC reconfiguration message to configure updated system information to the terminal device whose active BWP does not include a common search space;
  • the first donor CU determines the target cell of the terminal device through the indication of the node configuration update message, and sends an Xn handover request message for the terminal device to the second donor CU, indicating that the target cell of the terminal device is the second NCGI.
  • the above two steps are not limited, that is, the order in which the first IAB node sends a system information change instruction to the terminal device and the first host CU sends a switching request for the terminal device to the second host CU;
  • the second host CU determines that the PCI and downlink frequency of the first IAB node have not changed through the Xn switching request message, and sends a terminal device context establishment request to the first IAB node;
  • the first IAB node allocates a new C-RNTI and a new gNB-DU terminal device F1AP ID for the terminal device, and binds the terminal device with the F1 signaling connection between the second host CU and the first IAB node.
  • the first IAB node sends a terminal device context establishment response to the second host CU, carrying the new C-RNTI and the new gNB-DU terminal device F1AP ID;
  • the second host CU sends an Xn handover response message to the first host CU, which carries the RRC reconfiguration message generated by the second host CU, and the RRC reconfiguration message includes the key information (MasterKeyUpdate) related to the second NCGI and the new C-RNTI;
  • the first host CU forwards the RRC reconfiguration message to the first IAB node through the F1 connection;
  • the terminal device uses the new C-RNTI and new key to send an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the first IAB node.
  • the first IAB node determines the new gNB-DU terminal device F1AP ID through the new C-RNTI and communicates with the F1AP ID of the second host CU.
  • the connection forwards the RRC reconfiguration complete message;
  • the second host CU sends a terminal device context release request to the original Donor
  • the first host CU When receiving context release requests from all terminal devices, or after sending RRC reconfiguration messages from all terminal devices, the first host CU initiates the release of the F1 connection with the first IAB node.
  • the terminal device can be conveniently transferred from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU, thereby providing a method of migrating the first IAB node from the first host CU An effective mechanism for the terminal device to also transfer from the first host CU to the second host CU when reaching the second host CU.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus for migrating a terminal device.
  • the apparatus is set in a first IAB node, wherein the first IAB node is migrated from a first host distribution unit (CU) to a second host CU.
  • the device corresponds to the method described in Example 1, and the same content will not be described repeatedly.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of a transfer device of a terminal device according to Embodiment 5 of the present application. As shown in Figure 22, the device 2200 includes:
  • the first establishment unit 2201 after receiving the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first host CU, enables the second distribution unit (DU) to initiate the establishment of the F1 connection with the second host CU, so as to transfer the terminal device from the The first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node is transferred to the second cell of the second DU;
  • DU distribution unit
  • the first DU has established an F1 connection with the first host CU.
  • the F1 connection establishment instruction is sent by the first owner CU to the first IAB node through an RRC reconfiguration message or an F1AP message.
  • the device also includes:
  • the first sending unit after the second DU establishes an F1 connection with the second donor CU, sends at least one of the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, and the second NCGI of the second cell to the second CU A host CU.
  • the device also includes:
  • the second sending unit after the second DU establishes an F1 connection with the second parent CU, the first IAB node sends the correspondence between the NCGI of the first cell and the second NCGI of the second cell to the first Host CU.
  • the device also includes:
  • the third sending unit when the second DU establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU, sends at least one of the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI of the first cell through an F1 establishment request message One, sent to the second host CU.
  • the F1 establishment request message also includes:
  • the first IAB node shares the same air interface resources for the first cell of the first DU and the second cell of the second DU.
  • the device also includes:
  • a first receiving unit which receives an air interface resource conversion instruction from the first host CU
  • a first conversion unit which converts air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell.
  • the device also includes:
  • a second receiving unit which receives a system information change request from the first host CU before the air interface resource of the first IAB node switches from broadcasting a signal related to the first cell to broadcasting a signal related to the second cell, And send a system information change indication to the terminal device, so as to trigger the terminal device to receive the system information related to the second cell.
  • the device also includes:
  • a third receiving unit before the first conversion unit converts air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell, receiving the transmission of the first host CU through the first DU A downlink F1AP message, wherein the downlink F1AP message includes an RRC reconfiguration message for the terminal device;
  • a fourth sending unit which sends the RRC reconfiguration message to the terminal device
  • the RRC reconfiguration message is used to transfer the terminal equipment from the first cell to the second cell; the RRC reconfiguration message at least includes master key update information and information for the terminal equipment to synchronize to the second cell Synchronous reconfiguration information (ReconfigurationWithSync).
  • the RRC reconfiguration message is an RRC reconfiguration message for conditional handover (CHO); the RRC reconfiguration message also includes the conditions for the terminal equipment to transfer to the second cell.
  • CHO conditional handover
  • the air interface resource switching indication is carried in the last downlink F1AP message sent by the first host CU.
  • the first conversion unit converts the air interface resource from broadcasting a signal related to the first cell to broadcasting a signal related to the Signals related to the second cell.
  • the device also includes:
  • the fifth sending unit after the first IAB node converts the air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell, sends the RRC reconfiguration complete message received from the terminal device to It is sent to the second host CU through the second DU.
  • the C-RNTI of the terminal device in the second cell is related to the terminal
  • the C-RNTIs of the devices in the first cell are the same.
  • the device also includes:
  • the second conversion unit after the second DU of the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU, converts the air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell Signal.
  • the device also includes:
  • a first initiating unit after the first IAB node converts air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell, and initiates a communication between the first DU and the first host CU The release of the F1 connection between.
  • the terminal device can be conveniently transferred from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU, thereby providing a method of migrating the first IAB node from the first host CU An effective mechanism for the terminal device to also transfer from the first host CU to the second host CU when reaching the second host CU.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus for migrating a terminal device.
  • the apparatus is set in a first host, where a first IAB node is migrated from a distribution unit (CU) of the first host to a second host CU.
  • This device corresponds to the method described in Example 2, and the same content will not be described repeatedly.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of a transfer apparatus of a terminal device according to Embodiment 6 of the present application. As shown in Figure 23, the device 2300 includes:
  • a sixth sending unit 2301 which sends an F1 connection establishment instruction to the first IAB node, where the F1 connection establishment instruction is used to instruct the first IAB node to establish an F1 connection with the second host CU through the second DU, so as to connect the terminal
  • the device is transferred from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU;
  • the first host CU has established an F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node.
  • the first donor CU sends the F1 connection establishment instruction to the first IAB node through an RRC reconfiguration message or an F1AP message.
  • the device also includes:
  • a first request unit which requests the second host CU to establish an F1 connection with the first IAB node before the first host CU sends an F1 connection establishment instruction to the first IAB node.
  • the device also includes:
  • a fourth receiving unit configured to receive the indication sent by the second owner CU to accept the request for establishing an F1 connection with the first IAB node.
  • the fourth receiving unit receives the indication of accepting the F1 connection establishment request with the first IAB node sent by the second host CU through the Xn handover response message directed at the first IAB node.
  • the device also includes:
  • the fifth receiving unit before the first host CU sends an F1 connection establishment instruction to the first IAB node, the first host CU receives the first IAB configured by the second host CU for the first IAB node The TNL address of the node establishing the F1 connection with the second host CU; wherein the TNL address is included in the Xn handover response message for the first IAB node.
  • the sixth sending unit sends the F1 connection indication to the first IAB node through a downlink F1AP message, wherein the downlink F1AP message includes a TNL address for the first IAB node to establish an F1 connection with the second host CU.
  • the TNL address used to establish the F1 connection between the first IAB node and the second host CU is included in the RRC reconfiguration message for the first IAB node carried by the Xn handover response message;
  • the first host CU forwards the RRC reconfiguration message for the first IAB node to the first IAB node, where the RRC reconfiguration message is used to instruct the first IAB node to establish an F1 connection with the second host CU .
  • the device also includes:
  • the seventh sending unit after the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU through the second DU, sends an Xn handover request message for the terminal device to the second host CU, wherein the Xn handover request message
  • the first NCGI including the first cell.
  • the device also includes:
  • the second initiating unit when the first host CU sends the last downlink F1AP message containing the RRC reconfiguration message used to transfer the terminal device, or when the first host CU receives the second host CU
  • the release of the F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node is initiated.
  • the device also includes:
  • the sixth receiving unit after the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU through the second DU, receives the second PCI of the second cell, the second downlink frequency, and the second PCI from the first IAB node. At least one of the two NCGI.
  • the device also includes:
  • a seventh receiving unit which receives the first NCGI of the first cell and the second NCGI correspondence.
  • the device also includes:
  • the eighth receiving unit after the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU through the second DU, receives the second PCI of the second cell, the second downlink frequency point, and the second host CU from the second host CU. At least one of the two NCGI.
  • the eighth receiving unit receives at least one of the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, and the second NCGI of the second cell from the second donor CU through a node configuration update message (Node Configure Update).
  • the device also includes:
  • a ninth receiving unit which receives the correspondence between the NCGI of the first cell and the NCGI of the second cell from the second donor CU after the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second donor CU through the second DU .
  • the device also includes:
  • An eighth sending unit after the first donor CU receives at least one of the second PCI of the second cell, the second downlink frequency point, and the second NCGI from the second donor CU, send to the second donor CU An Xn handover request message for the terminal device, wherein the Xn handover request message includes the second NCGI of the second cell.
  • the device also includes:
  • the third initiating unit when the first host CU sends the last downlink F1AP message containing the RRC reconfiguration message used to transfer the terminal device, or when the first host CU receives the second host CU
  • the release of the F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node is initiated.
  • the device also includes:
  • a ninth sending unit configured to send at least one of the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI of the first cell to the second donor CU.
  • the ninth sending unit transmits the first PCI of the first cell, the first downlink frequency point and the first At least one of the NCGIs is sent to the second host CU.
  • the device also includes:
  • a tenth receiving unit configured to receive an air interface resource sharing indication sent by the first IAB node, where the air interface resource sharing indication is used to indicate that the first cell and the second cell share the same air interface resource.
  • the device also includes:
  • a tenth sending unit which sends an air interface resource switching instruction to the first IAB node, where the air interface resource switching instruction is used to instruct the first IAB node to switch the air interface resource from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to Signals related to the second cell are broadcast.
  • the device also includes:
  • An eleventh sending unit before the first host CU sends an air interface resource conversion instruction to the first IAB node, the first host CU sends a system information change request to the first IAB node, so as to trigger the first IAB node Send a system information change instruction to the terminal device.
  • the device also includes:
  • a twelfth sending unit which sends a downlink F1AP message to the first IAB node through the first DU before the first owner CU sends an air interface resource conversion instruction to the first IAB node, wherein the downlink F1AP message includes a message for the first IAB node
  • the RRC reconfiguration message of the terminal device
  • the RRC reconfiguration message is used to transfer the terminal equipment from the first cell to the second cell; the RRC reconfiguration message at least includes master key update information and is used for the terminal equipment to synchronize to the second cell.
  • Cell synchronization reconfiguration information (ReconfigurationWithSync).
  • the RRC reconfiguration message is an RRC reconfiguration message for conditional handover (CHO); the RRC reconfiguration message also includes the conditions for the terminal equipment to transfer to the second cell.
  • CHO conditional handover
  • the air interface resource conversion indication is carried in the last downlink F1AP message sent by the first host CU.
  • the terminal device can be conveniently transferred from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU, thereby providing a method of migrating the first IAB node from the first host CU An effective mechanism for the terminal device to also transfer from the first host CU to the second host CU when reaching the second host CU.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus for migrating a terminal device.
  • the apparatus is set in a second host, wherein a first IAB node is migrated from a distribution unit (CU) of the first host to a second host CU.
  • This device corresponds to the method described in Example 3, and the same content will not be described repeatedly.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of a transfer device of a terminal device according to Embodiment 7 of the present application. As shown in Figure 24, the device 2400 includes:
  • the second establishing unit 2401 which establishes an F1 connection with the second DU of the first IAB node, so as to transfer the terminal device from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second DU of the second DU
  • the second cell the establishment of the F1 connection is initiated by the first IAB node after receiving the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first owner CU;
  • the second host CU has established an F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node.
  • the device also includes:
  • the eleventh receiving unit before establishing the F1 connection between the second host CU and the second DU of the first IAB node, receives the second host CU sent by the first host CU to establish an F1 connection with the first IAB node connection request.
  • the device also includes:
  • a thirteenth sending unit configured to send an indication of accepting the request for establishing an F1 connection with the first IAB node to the first host CU.
  • the thirteenth sending unit sends an indication of accepting the request for establishing an F1 connection with the first IAB node to the first host CU through an Xn handover response message directed at the first IAB node.
  • the device also includes:
  • a fourteenth sending unit before establishing an F1 connection between the second host CU and the second DU of the first IAB node, sends to the first host CU the configuration for the first IAB node for the first The TNL address of the F1 connection established between the IAB node and the second host CU.
  • the TNL address used to establish the F1 connection between the first IAB node and the second host CU is included in the Xn handover response message for the first IAB node or in the Xn handover response message carried by the Xn handover response message for the second host CU.
  • an RRC reconfiguration message of an IAB node In an RRC reconfiguration message of an IAB node.
  • the device also includes:
  • a twelfth receiving unit after establishing an F1 connection between the second host CU and the second DU of the first IAB node, receives an Xn request response message for the terminal device from the first host CU, wherein the Xn
  • the handover request message includes the first NCGI of the first cell or includes the second NCGI of the second cell.
  • the device also includes:
  • a fifteenth sending unit after establishing an F1 connection between the second host CU and the second DU of the first IAB node, sends the second PCI and the second downlink frequency of the second cell to the first host CU point and at least one of the second NCGI.
  • the fifteenth sending unit sends at least one of the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, and the second NCGI of the second cell to the first donor CU through a node configuration update message (Node Configure Update).
  • Node Configure Update a node configuration update message
  • the device also includes:
  • a sixteenth sending unit after an F1 connection is established between the second donor CU and the second DU of the first IAB node, send the NCGI of the first cell and the NCGI of the second cell to the first donor CU corresponding relationship.
  • the device also includes:
  • a thirteenth receiving unit after the second host CU sends at least one of the second PCI of the second cell, the second downlink frequency point, and the second NCGI to the first host CU, from the first host CU An Xn handover request message for the terminal device is received, where the Xn handover request message includes the second NCGI of the second cell.
  • the device also includes:
  • a fourteenth receiving unit configured to receive at least one of the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI of the first cell from the first donor CU.
  • the fourteenth receiving unit receives the first PCI of the first cell, the first PCI, the second Downlink frequency point and at least one of the first NCGI.
  • the second donor CU receives the first connection information of the first cell sent by the first IAB node through the F1 establishment request message. At least one of the PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI.
  • the F1 establishment request message also includes:
  • the first cell and the second cell share the same air interface resource.
  • the device also includes:
  • the first determining unit is configured to determine that the PCI or downlink frequency of the first cell is different from that of the second cell when the second donor CU receives an Xn handover request for the terminal device from the first donor CU, and the second donor CU The CU does not send a UE context establishment request for the terminal device to the second DU of the IAB node.
  • the terminal device can be conveniently transferred from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU, thereby providing a method of migrating the first IAB node from the first host CU An effective mechanism for the terminal device to also transfer from the first host CU to the second host CU when reaching the second host CU.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a network device, where the network device includes the device for transferring a terminal device as described in Embodiment 5.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic block diagram of a system configuration of a network device according to Embodiment 8 of the present application.
  • a network device 2500 may include: a processor (processor) 2510 and a memory 2520 ; the memory 2520 is coupled to the processor 2510 .
  • the memory 2520 can store various data; in addition, it also stores an information processing program 2530, and executes the program 2530 under the control of the processor 2510 to receive various information sent by the terminal equipment and send various information to the terminal equipment .
  • the function of the transferring means of the terminal device may be integrated into the processor 2510 .
  • the processor 2510 may be configured to: after the first IAB node receives the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first host CU, make the second distribution unit (DU) initiate the establishment of the F1 connection with the second host CU , so as to transfer the terminal device from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU;
  • the first DU has established an F1 connection with the first host CU.
  • the transfer device of the terminal device can be configured separately from the processor 2510, for example, the device for generating the preemptive cache status report can be configured as a chip connected to the processor 2510, and the terminal device can be implemented through the control of the processor 2510. function of the transfer device.
  • the network device 2500 may further include: a transceiver 2540 and an antenna 2550 ; wherein, the functions of the above components are similar to those of the prior art, and will not be repeated here. It should be noted that the network device 2500 does not necessarily include all the components shown in FIG. 25 ; in addition, the network device 2500 may also include components not shown in FIG. 25 , and reference may be made to the prior art.
  • the terminal device can be conveniently transferred from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU, thereby providing a method of migrating the first IAB node from the first host CU An effective mechanism for the terminal device to also transfer from the first host CU to the second host CU when reaching the second host CU.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a network device, where the network device includes the device for transferring a terminal device as described in Embodiment 6.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic block diagram of the system configuration of the network device according to Embodiment 9 of the present application.
  • a network device 2600 may include: a processor (processor) 2610 and a memory 2620 ; the memory 2620 is coupled to the processor 2610 .
  • the memory 2620 can store various data; in addition, it also stores an information processing program 2630, and executes the program 2630 under the control of the processor 2610 to receive various information sent by the terminal equipment and send various information to the terminal equipment .
  • the function of the transferring means of the terminal device may be integrated into the processor 2610 .
  • the processor 2610 may be configured to: the first host CU sends an F1 connection establishment indication to the first IAB node, and the F1 connection establishment indication is used to instruct the first IAB node to establish an F1 connection with the second host CU through the second DU. connecting to facilitate transfer of a terminal device from a first cell of a first DU of the first IAB node to a second cell of a second DU;
  • the first host CU has established an F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node.
  • the transfer device of the terminal device can be configured separately from the processor 2610, for example, the device for generating the preemption cache status report can be configured as a chip connected to the processor 2610, and the terminal device can be implemented through the control of the processor 2610. function of the transfer device.
  • the network device 2600 may further include: a transceiver 2640 and an antenna 2650 ; wherein, the functions of the above components are similar to those of the prior art, and will not be repeated here. It should be noted that the network device 2600 does not necessarily include all the components shown in FIG. 26 ; in addition, the network device 2600 may also include components not shown in FIG. 26 , and reference may be made to the prior art.
  • the terminal device can be conveniently transferred from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU, thereby providing a method of migrating the first IAB node from the first host CU An effective mechanism for the terminal device to also transfer from the first host CU to the second host CU when reaching the second host CU.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a network device, where the network device includes the device for transferring a terminal device as described in Embodiment 7.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic block diagram of the system configuration of the network device according to Embodiment 10 of the present application.
  • a network device 2700 may include: a processor (processor) 2710 and a memory 2720 ; the memory 2720 is coupled to the processor 2710 .
  • the memory 2720 can store various data; in addition, it also stores an information processing program 2730, and executes the program 2730 under the control of the processor 2710 to receive various information sent by the terminal equipment and send various information to the terminal equipment .
  • the function of the transferring means of the terminal device may be integrated into the processor 2710 .
  • An F1 connection is established between the second parent CU and the second DU of the first IAB node, so as to transfer the terminal device from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU ;
  • the establishment of the F1 connection is initiated by the first IAB node after receiving the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first owner CU;
  • the second host CU has established an F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node.
  • the transfer device of the terminal device can be configured separately from the processor 2710.
  • the device for generating the preemptive cache status report can be configured as a chip connected to the processor 2710, and the terminal device can be implemented through the control of the processor 2710. function of the transfer device.
  • the network device 2700 may further include: a transceiver 2740 and an antenna 2750 ; wherein, the functions of the above components are similar to those of the prior art, and will not be repeated here. It should be noted that the network device 2700 does not necessarily include all the components shown in FIG. 27 ; in addition, the network device 2700 may also include components not shown in FIG. 27 , and reference may be made to the prior art.
  • the terminal device can be conveniently transferred from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU, thereby providing a method of migrating the first IAB node from the first host CU An effective mechanism for the terminal device to also transfer from the first host CU to the second host CU when reaching the second host CU.
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides a communication system, where the communication system includes the network device described in Embodiment 8, the network device described in Embodiment 9, at least one of the network devices described in Embodiment 10, and a terminal device.
  • Fig. 28 is a schematic diagram of a communication system according to Embodiment 11 of the present application.
  • a communication system 2800 includes: a first IAB node 2801 , a child IAB node 2802 of the first IAB node, a terminal device 2803 served by the first IAB node, a first host 3804 and a second host 2805 .
  • the first IAB node 2801 may be the network device described in Embodiment 8, and/or the first host 2804 may be the network device described in Embodiment 9, and the second host 2805 may be the network device described in Embodiment 10 equipment.
  • the terminal device 2803 When the first IAB node 2801 migrates from the first host CU to the second host CU, the terminal device 2803 also migrates from the first host CU to the second host CU.
  • the terminal device can be conveniently transferred from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU, thereby providing a method of migrating the first IAB node from the first host CU An effective mechanism for the terminal device to also transfer from the first host CU to the second host CU when reaching the second host CU.
  • the above devices and methods of the present invention can be implemented by hardware, or by combining hardware and software.
  • the present invention relates to such a computer-readable program that, when the program is executed by a logic component, enables the logic component to realize the above-mentioned device or constituent component, or enables the logic component to realize the above-mentioned various methods or steps.
  • Logic components such as field programmable logic components, microprocessors, processors used in computers, and the like.
  • the present invention also relates to a storage medium for storing the above program, such as hard disk, magnetic disk, optical disk, DVD, flash memory and the like.
  • the method/device described in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as hardware, a software module executed by a processor, or a combination of both.
  • one or more of the functional block diagrams shown in FIG. 22 and/or one or more combinations of the functional block diagrams may correspond to each software module or each hardware module of the computer program flow.
  • These software modules may respectively correspond to the steps shown in FIG. 8 .
  • These hardware modules for example, can be realized by solidifying these software modules by using a Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA).
  • FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
  • a software module may reside in RAM memory, flash memory, ROM memory, EPROM memory, EEPROM memory, registers, hard disk, removable disk, CD-ROM or any other form of storage medium known in the art.
  • a storage medium can be coupled to the processor such that the processor can read information from, and write information to, the storage medium, or it can be an integral part of the processor.
  • the processor and storage medium can be located in the ASIC.
  • the software module can be stored in the memory of the mobile terminal, or can be stored in a memory card that can be inserted into the mobile terminal.
  • the software module can be stored in the MEGA-SIM card or large-capacity flash memory device.
  • One or more of the functional blocks and/or one or more combinations of the functional blocks described in FIG. 22 can be implemented as a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor ( DSP), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, or any suitable combination thereof.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASICs application specific integrated circuits
  • FPGAs field programmable gate arrays
  • One or more of the functional blocks and/or one or more combinations of the functional blocks described in FIG. A processor, one or more microprocessors in communication with a DSP, or any other such configuration.
  • An apparatus for transferring a terminal device the apparatus is set in a first IAB node, wherein the first IAB node is migrated from a first host distribution unit (CU) to a second host CU, and the apparatus includes:
  • the first establishment unit after receiving the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first host CU, makes the second distribution unit (DU) initiate the establishment of the F1 connection with the second host CU, so as to connect the terminal device transferring from a first cell of a first DU of the first IAB node to a second cell of a second DU;
  • the first DU has established an F1 connection with the first host CU.
  • the F1 connection establishment instruction is sent by the first owner CU to the first IAB node through an RRC reconfiguration message or an F1AP message.
  • a first sending unit configured to send at least one of the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, and the second NCGI of the second cell after the second DU establishes an F1 connection with the second donor CU to the first host CU.
  • the second sending unit after the second DU establishes an F1 connection with the second donor CU, the first IAB node sends the correspondence between the NCGI of the first cell and the second NCGI of the second cell to the first host CU.
  • the third sending unit when the second DU establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU, sends the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI of the first cell through an F1 establishment request message At least one of them is sent to the second host CU.
  • a first receiving unit configured to receive an air interface resource conversion instruction from the first host CU
  • a first conversion unit which converts air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell.
  • a second receiving unit which receives a system from the first host CU before the air interface resources of the first IAB node are switched from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell an information change request, and send a system information change indication to the terminal device, so as to trigger the terminal device to receive system information related to the second cell.
  • a third receiving unit before the first conversion unit converts the air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell, receiving the first DU through the first DU A downlink F1AP message sent by the first owner CU, wherein the downlink F1AP message includes an RRC reconfiguration message for the terminal device;
  • a fourth sending unit which sends the RRC reconfiguration message to the terminal device
  • the RRC reconfiguration message is used to transfer the terminal device from the first cell to the second cell; the RRC reconfiguration message at least includes master key update information and information for the terminal device Synchronize to the synchronization reconfiguration information (ReconfigurationWithSync) of the second cell.
  • the RRC reconfiguration message is an RRC reconfiguration message for conditional handover (CHO); the RRC reconfiguration message also includes conditions for the terminal device to transfer to the second cell.
  • CHO conditional handover
  • the air interface resource conversion indication is carried in the last downlink F1AP message sent by the first host CU.
  • the first conversion unit converts the air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to A signal related to the second cell is broadcast.
  • a fifth sending unit after the first IAB node converts air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell, the RRC received from the terminal device
  • the reconfiguration complete message is sent to the second host CU through the second DU.
  • the C-RNTI of the terminal device in the second cell is the same as the C-RNTI of the terminal device in the first cell.
  • the second converting unit after the second DU of the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU, converts air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell Signals related to the second cell.
  • the first initiating unit after the first IAB node converts air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell, initiates the communication between the first DU and the Release of the F1 connection between the first host CU.
  • An apparatus for transferring a terminal device the apparatus is set in a first host CU, and the apparatus is applied when a first IAB node migrates from the first host CU to a second host CU, the apparatus includes :
  • a sixth sending unit which sends an F1 connection establishment instruction to the first IAB node, where the F1 connection establishment instruction is used to instruct the first IAB node to establish an F1 connection with the second host CU through a second DU, so that for transferring a terminal device from a first cell of a first DU of said first IAB node to a second cell of a second DU;
  • the first host CU has established an F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node.
  • the first owner CU sends the F1 connection establishment instruction to the first IAB node through an RRC reconfiguration message or an F1AP message.
  • a first request unit which requests the second host CU to establish an F1 connection with the first IAB node before the first host CU sends an F1 connection establishment instruction to the first IAB node.
  • a fourth receiving unit configured to receive the indication sent by the second owner CU to accept the request for establishing an F1 connection with the first IAB node.
  • the fourth receiving unit receives the indication of accepting the F1 connection establishment request with the first IAB node sent by the second host CU through the Xn handover response message directed at the first IAB node.
  • the fifth receiving unit before the first host CU sends an F1 connection establishment instruction to the first IAB node, the first host CU receives the user configured by the second host CU for the first IAB node A TNL address for establishing an F1 connection between the first IAB node and the second host CU; wherein, the TNL address is included in an Xn handover response message for the first IAB node.
  • the sixth sending unit sends the F1 connection indication to the first IAB node through a downlink F1AP message, wherein the downlink F1AP message includes information for the first IAB node to establish an F1 connection with the second host CU TNL address.
  • the TNL address used to establish the F1 connection between the first IAB node and the second host CU is included in the RRC reconfiguration message for the first IAB node carried by the Xn handover response message;
  • the first host CU forwards the RRC reconfiguration message for the first IAB node to the first IAB node, where the RRC reconfiguration message is used to indicate that the first IAB node and the The second host CU establishes an F1 connection.
  • the seventh sending unit after the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU through the second DU, sends an Xn switching request message for the terminal device to the second host CU, wherein the The Xn handover request message includes the first NCGI of the first cell.
  • the second initiating unit when the first host CU sends the last downlink F1AP message containing the RRC reconfiguration message used to transfer the terminal device, or when the first host CU receives the first host CU Initiating the release of the F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node when the UE context release instruction message for the last terminal device is sent by the second owner CU.
  • the sixth receiving unit after the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU through the second DU, receives the second PCI of the second cell, the second downlink Frequency point and at least one of the second NCGI.
  • a seventh receiving unit which receives the first NCGI of the first cell and the first The corresponding relationship of the second NCGI of the second cell.
  • the eighth receiving unit after the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU through the second DU, receives the second PCI of the second cell, the second downlink Frequency point and at least one of the second NCGI.
  • the eighth receiving unit receives at least one of the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, and the second NCGI of the second cell from the second donor CU through a node configuration update message (Node Configure Update).
  • a ninth receiving unit which receives the NCGI of the first cell and the second cell from the second host CU after the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU through the second DU The NCGI correspondence.
  • An eighth sending unit after the first donor CU receives at least one of the second PCI of the second cell, the second downlink frequency point, and the second NCGI from the second donor CU, send to the first donor CU
  • the second-owner CU sends an Xn handover request message for the terminal device, where the Xn handover request message includes the second NCGI of the second cell.
  • the third initiating unit when the first host CU sends the last downlink F1AP message containing the RRC reconfiguration message used to transfer the terminal device, or when the first host CU receives the first host CU Initiating the release of the F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node when the UE context release instruction message for the last terminal device is sent by the second owner CU.
  • a ninth sending unit configured to send at least one of the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI of the first cell to the second donor CU.
  • the ninth sending unit transmits the first PCI of the first cell, the first downlink frequency point, and the At least one of the first NCGIs is sent to the second host CU.
  • a tenth receiving unit configured to receive an air interface resource sharing indication sent by the first IAB node, where the air interface resource sharing indication is used to indicate that the first cell and the second cell share the same air interface resource.
  • a tenth sending unit which sends an air interface resource switching instruction to the first IAB node, where the air interface resource switching instruction is used to instruct the first IAB node to switch air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell Converting to broadcasting signals related to the second cell.
  • An eleventh sending unit before the first host CU sends an air interface resource conversion instruction to the first IAB node, the first host CU sends a system information change request to the first IAB node, so as to trigger the The first IAB node sends a system information change instruction to the terminal device.
  • a twelfth sending unit which sends a downlink F1AP message to the first IAB node through the first DU before the first host CU sends an air interface resource conversion instruction to the first IAB node, wherein the downlink
  • the F1AP message includes an RRC reconfiguration message for the terminal device
  • the RRC reconfiguration message is used to transfer the terminal device from the first cell to the second cell; the RRC reconfiguration message at least includes master key update information and information for the terminal The device synchronizes to the synchronization reconfiguration information (ReconfigurationWithSync) of the second cell.
  • the RRC reconfiguration message is an RRC reconfiguration message for conditional handover (CHO); the RRC reconfiguration message also includes conditions for the terminal device to transfer to the second cell.
  • CHO conditional handover
  • the air interface resource conversion indication is carried in the last downlink F1AP message sent by the first host CU.
  • An apparatus for transferring a terminal device the apparatus is set in a second host CU, wherein the first IAB node is migrated from the first host CU to the second host CU, the apparatus includes:
  • a second establishment unit which establishes an F1 connection with the second DU of the first IAB node, so as to transfer the terminal device from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second DU.
  • the second cell the establishment of the F1 connection is initiated by the first IAB node after receiving the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first owner CU;
  • the second host CU has established an F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node.
  • the eleventh receiving unit is configured to receive the second host CU and the first host CU sent by the first host CU before the F1 connection is established between the second host CU and the second DU of the first IAB node. IAB node request to establish F1 connection.
  • a thirteenth sending unit configured to send an indication of accepting the request for establishing an F1 connection with the first IAB node to the first host CU.
  • the thirteenth sending unit sends an indication of accepting the request for establishing an F1 connection with the first IAB node to the first host CU through an Xn handover response message directed to the first IAB node.
  • a fourteenth sending unit before establishing an F1 connection between the second host CU and the second DU of the first IAB node, send the user configured for the first IAB node to the first host CU A TNL address for establishing an F1 connection between the first IAB node and the second host CU.
  • a twelfth receiving unit after the F1 connection is established between the second host CU and the second DU of the first IAB node, receives an Xn request response message for the terminal device from the first host CU, wherein , the Xn handover request message includes the first NCGI of the first cell or includes the second NCGI of the second cell.
  • a fifteenth sending unit after the F1 connection is established between the second donor CU and the second DU of the first IAB node, send the second PCI, the second PCI of the second cell to the first donor CU, At least one of the second downlink frequency point and the second NCGI.
  • the fifteenth sending unit sends at least one of the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, and the second NCGI of the second cell to the first donor CU through a node configuration update message (Node Configure Update).
  • a sixteenth sending unit after establishing an F1 connection between the second donor CU and the second DU of the first IAB node, send the NCGI of the first cell and the The corresponding relationship of the NCGI of the second cell.
  • a thirteenth receiving unit after the second donor CU sends at least one of the second PCI of the second cell, the second downlink frequency, and the second NCGI to the first donor CU, from the The first donor CU receives an Xn handover request message for the terminal device, where the Xn handover request message includes the second NCGI of the second cell.
  • a fourteenth receiving unit configured to receive at least one of the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI of the first cell from the first donor CU.
  • the fourteenth receiving unit receives from the first donor CU the first At least one of the PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI.
  • a first determining unit configured to determine that the PCI or downlink frequency of the first cell is different from that of the second cell when the second donor CU receives an Xn handover request for the terminal device from the first donor CU, The second host CU does not send a UE context establishment request for the terminal device to the second DU of the IAB node.
  • a network device the network device is a first IAB node, and the network device includes the apparatus according to any one of Supplements 1-17.
  • a network device the network device is the first host, and the network device includes the device according to any one of Supplements 18-42.
  • a network device the network device is the second host, and the network device includes the apparatus according to any one of Supplements 43-59.
  • a communication system comprising at least one of the network device described in Supplement 60, the network device described in Supplement 61, and the network device described in Supplement 62, and a terminal device.
  • the second distribution unit initiates the establishment of the F1 connection with the second host CU, so that the terminal device transferring from a first cell of a first DU of the first IAB node to a second cell of a second DU;
  • the first DU has established an F1 connection with the first host CU.
  • the F1 connection establishment instruction is sent by the first owner CU to the first IAB node through an RRC reconfiguration message or an F1AP message.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first IAB node sends at least one of the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, and the second NCGI of the second cell to the first donor CU.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first IAB node sends the correspondence between the NCGI of the first cell and the second NCGI of the second cell to the first donor CU.
  • the first IAB node When the second DU establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU, the first IAB node transmits the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI of the first cell through the F1 establishment request message At least one of them is sent to the second host CU.
  • the first IAB node receives an air interface resource conversion instruction from the first host CU;
  • the first IAB node switches air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first IAB node receives a system information change request from the first donor CU, and sends a system information change instruction to the terminal device, so as to trigger the terminal device to receive system information related to the second cell.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first IAB node receives a downlink F1AP message sent by the first host CU through the first DU, where the downlink F1AP message includes an RRC reconfiguration message for the terminal device;
  • the first IAB node sends the RRC reconfiguration message to the terminal device
  • the RRC reconfiguration message is used to transfer the terminal device from the first cell to the second cell; the RRC reconfiguration message at least includes master key update information and information for the terminal device Synchronize to the synchronization reconfiguration information (ReconfigurationWithSync) of the second cell.
  • the RRC reconfiguration message is an RRC reconfiguration message for conditional handover (CHO); the RRC reconfiguration message also includes conditions for the terminal device to transfer to the second cell.
  • CHO conditional handover
  • the air interface resource conversion indication is carried in the last downlink F1AP message sent by the first host CU.
  • the first IAB node When the first IAB node successfully sends the RRC reconfiguration message contained in the downlink F1AP to the terminal device, the first IAB node converts air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to A signal related to the second cell is broadcast.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first IAB node sends the RRC reconfiguration complete message received from the terminal device to the second donor CU through the second DU.
  • the C-RNTI of the terminal device in the second cell is the same as the C-RNTI of the terminal device in the first cell.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first IAB node switches air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first IAB node initiates the release of the F1 connection between the first DU and the first host CU.
  • a transfer method of a terminal device is applied when a first IAB node migrates from the first host CU to a second host CU, the method comprising:
  • the first host CU sends an F1 connection establishment indication to the first IAB node, and the F1 connection establishment indication is used to instruct the first IAB node to establish an F1 connection with the second host CU through a second DU, so that for transferring a terminal device from a first cell of a first DU of said first IAB node to a second cell of a second DU;
  • the first host CU has established an F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node.
  • the first owner CU sends the F1 connection establishment instruction to the first IAB node through an RRC reconfiguration message or an F1AP message.
  • the first host CU requests the second host CU to establish an F1 connection with the first IAB node.
  • the first host CU receives an indication from the second host CU of accepting the request for establishing an F1 connection with the first IAB node.
  • the first host CU receives an indication from the second host CU of accepting the request for establishing an F1 connection with the first IAB node through an Xn handover response message directed to the first IAB node.
  • the first host CU receives the TNL address configured by the second host CU for the first IAB node for the first IAB node to establish an F1 connection with the second host CU; wherein, the TNL address Included in the Xn Handover Response message for the first IAB node.
  • the first host CU sends the F1 connection indication to the first IAB node through a downlink F1AP message, wherein the downlink F1AP message includes information for the first IAB node to establish an F1 connection with the second host CU TNL address.
  • the TNL address used to establish the F1 connection between the first IAB node and the second host CU is included in the RRC reconfiguration message for the first IAB node carried by the Xn handover response message;
  • the first host CU forwards the RRC reconfiguration message for the first IAB node to the first IAB node, where the RRC reconfiguration message is used to indicate that the first IAB node and the The second host CU establishes an F1 connection.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first donor CU sends an Xn handover request message for the terminal device to the second donor CU, where the Xn handover request message includes the first NCGI of the first cell.
  • the first host CU When the first host CU finishes sending the last downlink F1AP message containing the RRC reconfiguration message used to transfer the terminal device, or when the first host CU receives the message sent by the second host CU for When the last UE context release indication message of the terminal device is issued, the first host CU initiates the release of the F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node.
  • the first donor CU receives at least one of the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, and the second NCGI of the second cell from the first IAB node.
  • the first donor CU receives the correspondence between the first NCGI of the first cell and the second NCGI of the second cell from the first IAB node.
  • the first donor CU receives at least one of the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, and the second NCGI of the second cell from the second donor CU.
  • the first donor CU receives at least one of the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, and the second NCGI of the second cell from the second donor CU through a node configuration update message (Node Configure Update).
  • the first donor CU receives the correspondence between the NCGI of the first cell and the NCGI of the second cell from the second donor CU.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first donor CU sends an Xn handover request message for the terminal device to the second donor CU, where the Xn handover request message includes the second NCGI of the second cell.
  • the first host CU When the first host CU finishes sending the last downlink F1AP message containing the RRC reconfiguration message used to transfer the terminal device, or when the first host CU receives the message sent by the second host CU for When the last UE context release indication message of the terminal device is issued, the first host CU initiates the release of the F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node.
  • the first donor CU sends at least one of the first PCI of the first cell, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI to the second donor CU.
  • the first owner CU transfers the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the At least one of the first NCGIs is sent to the second host CU.
  • the first donor CU receives an air interface resource sharing indication sent by the first IAB node, where the air interface resource sharing indication is used to indicate that the first cell and the second cell share the same air interface resource.
  • the first host CU sends an air interface resource conversion instruction to the first IAB node, where the air interface resource conversion instruction is used to instruct the first IAB node to switch the air interface resource from broadcasting a signal related to the first cell Converting to broadcasting signals related to the second cell.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first host CU sends a system information change request to the first IAB node, so as to trigger the first IAB node to send a system information change instruction to the terminal device.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first host CU sends a downlink F1AP message to the first IAB node through the first DU, where the downlink F1AP message includes an RRC reconfiguration message for the terminal device;
  • the RRC reconfiguration message is used to transfer the terminal device from the first cell to the second cell; the RRC reconfiguration message at least includes master key update information and information for the terminal The device synchronizes to the synchronization reconfiguration information (ReconfigurationWithSync) of the second cell.
  • the RRC reconfiguration message is an RRC reconfiguration message for conditional handover (CHO); the RRC reconfiguration message also includes conditions for the terminal device to transfer to the second cell.
  • CHO conditional handover
  • the air interface resource conversion indication is carried in the last downlink F1AP message sent by the first host CU.
  • a terminal device transfer method wherein the first IAB node is migrated from the first host CU to the second host CU, the method comprising:
  • An F1 connection is established between the second owner CU and the second DU of the first IAB node, so as to transfer the terminal device from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second DU.
  • the second cell the establishment of the F1 connection is initiated by the first IAB node after receiving the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first owner CU;
  • the second host CU has established an F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node.
  • the second host CU receives a request sent by the first host CU to establish an F1 connection between the second host CU and the first IAB node.
  • the second host CU sends to the first host CU an indication of accepting the request for establishing an F1 connection with the first IAB node.
  • the second host CU sends an indication of accepting the request for establishing an F1 connection with the first IAB node to the first host CU through an Xn handover response message directed at the first IAB node.
  • the second host CU sends to the first host CU the TNL address configured for the first IAB node for establishing an F1 connection between the first IAB node and the second host CU.
  • the second donor CU receives an Xn handover request message for the terminal device from the first donor CU, wherein the Xn handover request message includes the first NCGI of the first cell or includes the first NCGI of the second cell. Two NCGI.
  • the second donor CU sends at least one of the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, and the second NCGI of the second cell to the first donor CU.
  • the second donor CU sends at least one of the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, and the second NCGI of the second cell to the first donor CU through a node configuration update message (Node Configure Update).
  • the second donor CU sends the correspondence between the NCGI of the first cell and the NCGI of the second cell to the first donor CU.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second donor CU receives an Xn handover request message for the terminal device from the first donor CU, where the Xn handover request message includes the second NCGI of the second cell.
  • the second donor CU receives at least one of the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI of the first cell from the first donor CU.
  • the second donor CU receives the first PCI of the first cell from the first donor CU through an Xn handover request message directed at the first IAB node or through an Xn handover request message directed at the terminal device , at least one of the first downlink frequency point and the first NCGI.
  • the second host CU determines that the PCI or downlink frequency of the first cell is different from that of the second cell, and the second host CU does not send the UE aimed at the terminal device to the second DU of the IAB node Context establishment request.

Abstract

Provided in the embodiments of the present application are a terminal device transfer method, apparatus, and system, wherein a first IAB node is migrated from a first host distribution unit (CU) to a second host CU, the method comprising: after receiving an F1 connection establishment command sent by the first host CU, the first IAB node makes a second distribution unit (DU) initiate establishment of an F1 connection with the second host CU, in order to transfer the terminal device from a first cell of a first DU of the first IAB node to a second cell of the second DU, wherein the first DU has established an F1 connection with the first host CU.

Description

终端设备的转移方法、装置和系统Terminal equipment transfer method, device and system 技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信领域。This application relates to the field of communication.
背景技术Background technique
未来无缝的蜂窝网络部署需要非常灵活和超密集的NR小区部署,超密集网络是5G的目标之一,部署一个无需有线回传的新无线(new radio,NR)网络对于实现5G的超密集网络非常重要。由于5G毫米波使小区覆盖范围缩小,无线自回传系统还需要是多跳的才能满足部署需求。5G的高带宽、大规模多输入多输出MIMO和波束系统使5G比LTE更容易开发超密集NR小区的无线自回传系统,为了开发这种带有无线自回传的多跳系统,3GPP在R16开始了IAB(Integrated access and backhaul,接入回传一体化)项目的研究和标准化。Future seamless cellular network deployment requires very flexible and ultra-dense NR cell deployment. Ultra-dense network is one of the goals of 5G. Deploying a new wireless (new radio, NR) network without wired backhaul is crucial for realizing 5G ultra-dense Networking is very important. Since 5G millimeter waves reduce the coverage of cells, the wireless self-backhaul system needs to be multi-hop to meet the deployment requirements. 5G's high bandwidth, massive multiple-input multiple-output MIMO and beam system make it easier for 5G to develop a wireless self-backhaul system for ultra-dense NR cells than LTE. In order to develop this multi-hop system with wireless self-backhaul, 3GPP R16 started the research and standardization of the IAB (Integrated access and backhaul) project.
图1是IAB系统的一个示意图,如图1所示,在IAB系统中,接入和回传采用NR的Uu空口无线传输,中继节点同时支持接入(access)和回传(backhaul)功能,中继节点的无线传输链路在时域、频域或空域上复用接入链路(access link)和回传链路(backhaul link),接入链路和回传链路可以使用相同或不同的频段。Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the IAB system. As shown in Figure 1, in the IAB system, the access and backhaul use the Uu air interface wireless transmission of NR, and the relay node supports both access and backhaul functions , the wireless transmission link of the relay node multiplexes the access link (access link) and the backhaul link (backhaul link) in the time domain, frequency domain or air domain, and the access link and the backhaul link can use the same or a different frequency band.
在IAB网络架构如下,中继节点指的是IAB-node(IAB节点),其同时支持接入和回传功能。网络侧最后一跳接入节点称为IAB-donnor(IAB宿主),其支持gNB功能并支持IAB-node接入。所有的UE数据可以通过一跳或多跳经IAB-node回传到IAB-Donor。In the IAB network architecture as follows, a relay node refers to an IAB-node (IAB node), which supports both access and backhaul functions. The last hop access node on the network side is called IAB-donnor (IAB host), which supports gNB function and supports IAB-node access. All UE data can be sent back to IAB-Donor via IAB-node via one or more hops.
IAB-node的功能分为两部分,一部分是gNB-DU功能,称作IAB-DU(IAB分布单元),另一部分是UE功能,称作IAB-MT(移动终端)。IAB-DU实现网络侧设备功能,连接到下游的child IAB-node(子IAB节点),对UE以及下游child IAB-node提供NR空口接入并与IAB donor-CU之间建立有F1连接。IAB-MT实现部分终端设备功能,连接到上游的parent IAB-node(父IAB节点)或IAB-donor DU,IAB-MT包括物理层、层二、RRC(Radio Resource Control,无线资源控制)和NAS(Non-Access Stratum,非接入层)层功能,还间接的连接到IAB donor-CU(IAB宿主集中单元)以及核心网(Core Network,CN)。The function of IAB-node is divided into two parts, one part is gNB-DU function, called IAB-DU (IAB distribution unit), and the other part is UE function, called IAB-MT (mobile terminal). The IAB-DU implements the network-side device function, connects to the downstream child IAB-node (child IAB node), provides NR air interface access to the UE and the downstream child IAB-node, and establishes an F1 connection with the IAB donor-CU. IAB-MT implements part of the terminal equipment functions and connects to the upstream parent IAB-node (parent IAB node) or IAB-donor DU. IAB-MT includes physical layer, layer 2, RRC (Radio Resource Control, radio resource control) and NAS (Non-Access Stratum, non-access stratum) layer function, and indirectly connected to IAB donor-CU (IAB host centralized unit) and core network (Core Network, CN).
应该注意,上面对技术背景的介绍只是为了方便对本申请的技术方案进行清楚、完整的说明,并方便本领域技术人员的理解而阐述的。不能仅仅因为这些方案在本申请的背景技术部分进行了阐述而认为上述技术方案为本领域技术人员所公知。It should be noted that the above introduction to the technical background is only for the convenience of a clear and complete description of the technical solution of the present application, and for the convenience of understanding by those skilled in the art. It cannot be considered that the above technical solutions are known to those skilled in the art just because these solutions are described in the background technology section of this application.
发明内容Contents of the invention
如果IAB网络的一个IAB-node断开与原来的父IAB-node的连接,连接到新的父IAB-node,或者,当IAB-node保持与原父节点的连接并增加与一个新父节点的连接,变成双连接时,会导致IAB网络拓扑的改变。If an IAB-node of the IAB network disconnects from the original parent IAB-node, connects to the new parent IAB-node, or, when the IAB-node remains connected to the original parent node and increases the connection to a new parent node When a connection becomes a dual connection, it will cause a change in the topology of the IAB network.
图2是IAB-node移动导致网络拓扑改变的一个示意图。如图2所示,IAB-node5从IAB-node3下的小区切换到IAB-node 4下的小区之后,IAB-node5及其下游子节点IAB-node 6到donor-CU的F1传输路径由经过IAB-node1和IAB-node 2变为经过IAB-node2和IAB-node 4,则网络拓扑发生了改变。或者,IAB-node5增加到IAB-node 4的连接,变成双连接之后,IAB-node5及其下游子节点IAB-node 6到donor-CU的F1传输路径增加了一条经过IAB-node1和IAB-node 2的路径,则网络拓扑发生改变。Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram of network topology changes caused by IAB-node movement. As shown in Figure 2, after IAB-node5 switches from the cell under IAB-node3 to the cell under IAB-node 4, the F1 transmission path from IAB-node5 and its downstream child node IAB-node 6 to donor-CU passes through IAB -node1 and IAB-node 2 have changed through IAB-node2 and IAB-node 4, and the network topology has changed. Or, after IAB-node5 increases the connection to IAB-node 4 and becomes a dual connection, an F1 transmission path from IAB-node5 and its downstream child node IAB-node 6 to donor-CU is added through IAB-node1 and IAB- node 2 path, the network topology changes.
R16NR已经对IAB-node在同一个donor-CU下移动时网络更新(topology adaptation)过程进行了标准化。IAB-node在同一个donor-CU下迁移时,只需要发生迁移的IAB-node切换至新的父节点,并将F1传输路径迁移至新的父节点,迁移IAB-node服务的UE不需要切换。但是如果迁移IAB-node在两个不同的donor-CU之间移动,除了迁移IAB-node的IAB-MT需要切换至新的donor-CU,迁移IAB-node服务的UE可能需要切换到新的donor-CU。这就需要迁移IAB-node的IAB-DU与新的donor-CU之间建立F1连接,迁移IAB-DU同时服务于原donor-CU和新donor-CU,则迁移IAB-node中存在有两个逻辑IAB-DU分别与原donor-CU和新donor-CU连接并建立有F1连接。迁移IAB-node服务的UE切换到新donor-CU时,是从与原donor-CU连接的逻辑IAB-DU的小区转移到与新donor-CU连接的逻辑IAB-DU的小区。R16NR has standardized the network update (topology adaptation) process when the IAB-node moves under the same donor-CU. When the IAB-node is migrated under the same donor-CU, only the migrated IAB-node needs to be switched to the new parent node, and the F1 transmission path is migrated to the new parent node, and the UE serving the migrated IAB-node does not need to switch . However, if the migrating IAB-node moves between two different donor-CUs, in addition to migrating the IAB-MT of the IAB-node needs to switch to the new donor-CU, the UE of the migrating IAB-node service may need to switch to the new donor -CU. This requires the establishment of an F1 connection between the IAB-DU of the migrated IAB-node and the new donor-CU. The migrated IAB-DU serves both the original donor-CU and the new donor-CU. There are two The logical IAB-DU is respectively connected to the original donor-CU and the new donor-CU and establishes an F1 connection. When the UE served by the migrating IAB-node switches to a new donor-CU, it is transferred from the cell of the logical IAB-DU connected to the original donor-CU to the cell of the logical IAB-DU connected to the new donor-CU.
但是,发明人发现,目前还没有如何触发IAB节点与新的donor-CU之间建立F1连接的方法,从而无法实现终端设备在与原donor-CU连接的逻辑IAB-DU的小区到与新donor-CU连接的逻辑IAB-DU的小区的方便的转移。However, the inventors found that there is currently no method for triggering the establishment of an F1 connection between the IAB node and the new donor-CU, so that it is impossible for the terminal device to communicate with the new donor in the cell of the logic IAB-DU connected to the original donor-CU. - Convenient transfer of cells of logical IAB-DUs to which CUs are connected.
为了解决上述问题的至少一种或其它类似问题,本申请实施例提供了一种终端设备的转移方法、装置和系统。In order to solve at least one of the above problems or other similar problems, embodiments of the present application provide a terminal device transfer method, device, and system.
根据本申请实施例的第一方面,提供一种提供一种终端设备的转移装置,所述装置设置在第一IAB节点中,其中,第一IAB节点从第一宿主分布单元(CU)迁移到第二宿主CU,所述装置包括:第一建立单元,其在收到所述第一宿主CU发送的F1连接建立指示后,使第二分布单元(DU)发起与所述第二宿主CU的F1连接的建立,以便于将终端设备从所述第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区转移到第二DU的第二小区;其中,所述第一DU已与所述第一宿主CU建立有F1连接。According to the first aspect of the embodiments of the present application, there is provided an apparatus for migrating a terminal device, the apparatus is set in a first IAB node, wherein the first IAB node is migrated from the first host distribution unit (CU) to For a second host CU, the device includes: a first establishing unit, which causes a second distribution unit (DU) to initiate a connection with the second host CU after receiving the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first host CU Establishment of an F1 connection in order to transfer a terminal device from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU; wherein the first DU has been connected to the first parent CU There is an F1 connection established.
根据本申请实施例的第二方面,提供一种终端设备的转移装置,所述装置设置在第一宿主CU中,所述装置应用于当第一IAB节点从所述第一宿主CU迁移到第二宿主CU时,所述装置包括:第六发送单元,其向所述第一IAB节点发送F1连接建立指示,所述F1连接建立指示用于指示所述第一IAB节点通过第二DU与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接,以便于将终端设备从所述第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区转移到第二DU的第二小区;其中,所述第一宿主CU与所述第一IAB节点的第一DU已建立有F1连接。According to the second aspect of the embodiments of the present application, there is provided a device for migrating a terminal device, the device is set in the first host CU, and the device is applied when the first IAB node migrates from the first host CU to the second host CU When two host CUs are used, the device includes: a sixth sending unit, which sends an F1 connection establishment instruction to the first IAB node, and the F1 connection establishment instruction is used to instruct the first IAB node to communicate with the first IAB node through the second DU The second host CU establishes an F1 connection, so as to transfer the terminal device from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU; wherein, the first host CU and the The first DU of the first IAB node has established an F1 connection.
根据本申请实施例的第三方面,提供一种终端设备的转移装置,一种终端设备的转移装置,所述装置设置在第二宿主CU中,其中,第一IAB节点从第一宿主CU迁移到第二宿主CU,所述装置包括:第二建立单元,其与所述第一IAB节点的第二DU之间建立F1连接,以便于将终端设备从所述第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区转移到第二DU的第二小区;所述F1连接的建立由所述第一IAB节点在收到所述第一宿主CU发送的F1连接建立指示后发起;其中,所述第二宿主CU与所述第一IAB节点的第一DU已建立有F1连接。According to a third aspect of the embodiments of the present application, there is provided a terminal device transfer device, a terminal device transfer device, the device is set in the second host CU, wherein the first IAB node is migrated from the first host CU To the second host CU, the apparatus includes: a second establishment unit, which establishes an F1 connection with the second DU of the first IAB node, so as to transfer the terminal device from the first DU of the first IAB node The first cell of the second DU is transferred to the second cell of the second DU; the establishment of the F1 connection is initiated by the first IAB node after receiving the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first donor CU; wherein, the first The second host CU has established an F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node.
根据本申请实施例的第四方面,提供一种网络设备,所述网络设备是第一IAB节点,所述网络设备包括根据本申请实施例的第一方面所述的装置。According to a fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present application, there is provided a network device, the network device is a first IAB node, and the network device includes the apparatus according to the first aspect of the embodiments of the present application.
根据本申请实施例的第五方面,提供一种网络设备,所述网络设备是第一宿主,所述网络设备包括根据本申请实施例的第二方面所述的装置。According to a fifth aspect of the embodiments of the present application, there is provided a network device, the network device is a first host, and the network device includes the apparatus according to the second aspect of the embodiments of the present application.
根据本申请实施例的第六方面,提供一种网络设备,所述网络设备是第二宿主,所述网络设备包括根据本申请实施例的第三方面所述的装置。According to a sixth aspect of the embodiments of the present application, there is provided a network device, the network device is a second host, and the network device includes the apparatus according to the third aspect of the embodiments of the present application.
根据本申请实施例的第七方面,提供一种终端设备的转移方法,其中,第一IAB节点从第一宿主分布单元(CU)迁移到第二宿主CU,所述方法包括:所述第一IAB节点在收到所述第一宿主CU发送的F1连接建立指示后,使第二分布单元(DU)发 起与所述第二宿主CU的F1连接的建立,以便于将终端设备从所述第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区转移到第二DU的第二小区;其中,所述第一DU已与所述第一宿主CU建立有F1连接。According to a seventh aspect of the embodiments of the present application, there is provided a method for transferring a terminal device, wherein the first IAB node is migrated from a first host distribution unit (CU) to a second host CU, and the method includes: the first After receiving the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first host CU, the IAB node makes the second distribution unit (DU) initiate the establishment of the F1 connection with the second host CU, so as to transfer the terminal device from the first host CU The first cell of the first DU of an IAB node is transferred to the second cell of the second DU; wherein, the first DU has established an F1 connection with the first parent CU.
根据本申请实施例的第八方面,提供一种终端设备的转移方法,所述方法应用于当第一IAB节点从所述第一宿主CU迁移到第二宿主CU时,所述方法包括:所述第一宿主CU向所述第一IAB节点发送F1连接建立指示,所述F1连接建立指示用于指示所述第一IAB节点通过第二DU与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接,以便于将终端设备从所述第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区转移到第二DU的第二小区;其中,所述第一宿主CU与所述第一IAB节点的第一DU已建立有F1连接。According to an eighth aspect of the embodiments of the present application, there is provided a terminal device transfer method, the method is applied when a first IAB node migrates from the first host CU to a second host CU, the method includes: The first host CU sends an F1 connection establishment instruction to the first IAB node, and the F1 connection establishment instruction is used to instruct the first IAB node to establish an F1 connection with the second host CU through the second DU, so that transferring the terminal device from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU; wherein, the first parent CU and the first DU of the first IAB node have established a relationship F1 connection.
根据本申请实施例的第九方面,提供一种终端设备的转移方法,其中,第一IAB节点从第一宿主CU迁移到第二宿主CU,所述方法包括:所述第二宿主CU与所述第一IAB节点的第二DU之间建立F1连接,以便于将终端设备从所述第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区转移到第二DU的第二小区;所述F1连接的建立由所述第一IAB节点在收到所述第一宿主CU发送的F1连接建立指示后发起;其中,所述第二宿主CU与所述第一IAB节点的第一DU已建立有F1连接。According to a ninth aspect of the embodiments of the present application, a terminal device transfer method is provided, wherein the first IAB node is migrated from the first host CU to the second host CU, and the method includes: the second host CU and the second host CU An F1 connection is established between the second DUs of the first IAB node, so as to transfer the terminal equipment from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU; the F1 connection The establishment is initiated by the first IAB node after receiving the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first host CU; wherein, the second host CU has established an F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node .
根据本申请实施例的第十方面,提供了一种提供了一种计算机可读程序,其中当在终端设备的转移装置或网络设备中执行所述程序时,所述程序使得所述终端设备的转移装置或网络设备执行本发明实施例的第七方面或第八方面或第九方面所述的终端设备的转移方法。According to a tenth aspect of the embodiments of the present application, there is provided a computer-readable program, wherein when the program is executed in the transfer device of the terminal device or the network device, the program causes the terminal device The transfer device or network device executes the terminal device transfer method described in the seventh aspect, the eighth aspect, or the ninth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention.
根据本发明实施例的第十一方面,提供了一种存储有计算机可读程序的存储介质,其中所述计算机可读程序使得终端设备的转移装置或网络设备执行本发明实施例的第七方面或第八方面或第九方面所述的终端设备的转移方法。According to an eleventh aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, there is provided a storage medium storing a computer-readable program, wherein the computer-readable program causes a transfer device of a terminal device or a network device to execute the seventh aspect of the embodiments of the present invention Or the terminal device transfer method described in the eighth aspect or the ninth aspect.
本申请实施例的有益效果之一在于:第一宿主CU向第一IAB节点发送F1连接建立指示,用于指示所述第一IAB节点通过第二DU与第二宿主CU建立F1连接,能够方便地将终端设备从第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区转移到第二DU的第二小区,从而提供了一种第一IAB节点从第一宿主CU迁移到第二宿主CU时终端设备由第一宿主CU转移到第二宿主CU的有效机制。One of the beneficial effects of the embodiment of the present application is that: the first host CU sends an F1 connection establishment instruction to the first IAB node, which is used to instruct the first IAB node to establish an F1 connection with the second host CU through the second DU, which can facilitate The terminal device is transferred from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU, thereby providing a terminal device when the first IAB node migrates from the first host CU to the second host CU An efficient mechanism for transitioning from a first host CU to a second host CU.
参照后文的说明和附图,详细公开了本申请的特定实施方式,指明了本申请的原理可以被采用的方式。应该理解,本申请的实施方式在范围上并不因而受到限制。在 所附附记的精神和条款的范围内,本申请的实施方式包括许多改变、修改和等同。With reference to the following description and accompanying drawings, specific embodiments of the present application are disclosed in detail, indicating the manner in which the principles of the application may be employed. It should be understood that the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereby in scope. Embodiments of the present application include many changes, modifications and equivalents within the spirit and scope of the appended notes.
针对一种实施方式描述和/或示出的特征可以以相同或类似的方式在一个或更多个其它实施方式中使用,与其它实施方式中的特征相组合,或替代其它实施方式中的特征。Features described and/or illustrated with respect to one embodiment can be used in the same or similar manner in one or more other embodiments, in combination with, or instead of features in other embodiments .
应该强调,术语“包括/包含”在本文使用时指特征、整件、步骤或组件的存在,但并不排除一个或更多个其它特征、整件、步骤或组件的存在或附加。It should be emphasized that the term "comprising/comprising" when used herein refers to the presence of a feature, integer, step or component, but does not exclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, integers, steps or components.
附图说明Description of drawings
在本申请实施例的一个附图或一种实施方式中描述的元素和特征可以与一个或更多个其它附图或实施方式中示出的元素和特征相结合。此外,在附图中,类似的标号表示几个附图中对应的部件,并可用于指示多于一种实施方式中使用的对应部件。Elements and features described in one drawing or one embodiment of an embodiment of the present application may be combined with elements and features shown in one or more other drawings or embodiments. Furthermore, in the drawings, like numerals indicate corresponding parts in the several figures and may be used to indicate corresponding parts used in more than one embodiment.
所包括的附图用来提供对本申请实施例的进一步的理解,其构成了说明书的一部分,用于例示本申请的实施方式,并与文字描述一起来阐释本申请的原理。显而易见地,下面描述中的附图仅仅是本申请的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其它的附图。在附图中:The included drawings are used to provide a further understanding of the embodiments of the present application, which constitute a part of the specification, are used to illustrate the implementation of the present application, and explain the principle of the present application together with the text description. Apparently, the drawings in the following description are only some embodiments of the present application, and those skilled in the art can obtain other drawings according to these drawings without creative efforts. In the attached picture:
图1是IAB系统的一个示意图;Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of the IAB system;
图2是IAB-node移动导致网络拓扑改变的一个示意图;Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of network topology changes caused by IAB-node movement;
图3是SA模式的IAB架构的示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the IAB architecture of the SA mode;
图4是EN-DC模式的IAB架构的示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the IAB architecture of the EN-DC mode;
图5是父节点(parent IAB-node)和子节点(child IAB-node)的示意图;Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of a parent node (parent IAB-node) and a child node (child IAB-node);
图6是IAB系统的F1-U协议栈的示意图;6 is a schematic diagram of the F1-U protocol stack of the IAB system;
图7是IAB系统的F1-C协议栈的示意图;7 is a schematic diagram of the F1-C protocol stack of the IAB system;
图8是本申请实施例1的终端设备的转移方法的一示意图Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device transfer method according to Embodiment 1 of the present application
图9是本申请实施例1的终端设备的转移方法的另一示意图Fig. 9 is another schematic diagram of the transfer method of the terminal device according to Embodiment 1 of the present application
图10是本申请实施例1的本申请实施例1的终端设备的转移方法的又一示意图;FIG. 10 is another schematic diagram of the terminal device transfer method in Embodiment 1 of the present application according to Embodiment 1 of the present application;
图11是本申请实施例1的本申请实施例1的终端设备的转移方法的又一示意图;FIG. 11 is another schematic diagram of the terminal device transfer method in Embodiment 1 of the present application according to Embodiment 1 of the present application;
图12是本申请实施例2的终端设备的转移方法的一示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device transfer method according to Embodiment 2 of the present application;
图13是本申请实施例2的终端设备的转移方法的另一示意图;FIG. 13 is another schematic diagram of a terminal device transfer method according to Embodiment 2 of the present application;
图14是本申请实施例2的终端设备的转移方法的又一示意图;FIG. 14 is another schematic diagram of the terminal device transfer method according to Embodiment 2 of the present application;
图15是本申请实施例3的终端设备的转移方法的一示意图;FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device transfer method according to Embodiment 3 of the present application;
图16是本申请实施例3的终端设备的转移方法的另一示意图;FIG. 16 is another schematic diagram of a terminal device transfer method according to Embodiment 3 of the present application;
图17是本申请实施例4的终端设备的转移方法的一示意图;FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device transfer method according to Embodiment 4 of the present application;
图18是本申请实施例4的应用于场景一的终端设备的转移方法的一示意图;FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device transfer method applied to scenario 1 according to Embodiment 4 of the present application;
图19是本申请实施例4的应用于场景一的终端设备的转移方法的另一示意图;FIG. 19 is another schematic diagram of a terminal device transfer method applied to scenario 1 according to Embodiment 4 of the present application;
图20是本申请实施例4的应用于场景二的终端设备的转移方法的一示意图;FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device transfer method applied to scenario 2 according to Embodiment 4 of the present application;
图21是本申请实施例4的应用于场景二的终端设备的转移方法的另一示意图;FIG. 21 is another schematic diagram of a terminal device transfer method applied to scenario 2 according to Embodiment 4 of the present application;
图22是本申请实施例5的终端设备的转移装置的一示意图;FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of a transfer device of a terminal device according to Embodiment 5 of the present application;
图23是本申请实施例6的终端设备的转移装置的一示意图;FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of a transfer device of a terminal device according to Embodiment 6 of the present application;
图24是本申请实施例7的终端设备的转移装置的一示意图;FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of a transfer device of a terminal device according to Embodiment 7 of the present application;
图25是本申请实施例8的网络设备的系统构成的一示意框图;FIG. 25 is a schematic block diagram of a system configuration of a network device according to Embodiment 8 of the present application;
图26是本申请实施例9的网络设备的系统构成的一示意框图;FIG. 26 is a schematic block diagram of the system configuration of the network device according to Embodiment 9 of the present application;
图27是本申请实施例10的网络设备的系统构成的一示意框图;FIG. 27 is a schematic block diagram of a system configuration of a network device according to Embodiment 10 of the present application;
图28是本申请实施例11的通信系统的一示意图。Fig. 28 is a schematic diagram of a communication system according to Embodiment 11 of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
参照附图,通过下面的说明书,本申请的前述以及其它特征将变得明显。在说明书和附图中,具体公开了本申请的特定实施方式,其表明了其中可以采用本申请的原则的部分实施方式,应了解的是,本申请不限于所描述的实施方式,相反,本申请包括落入所附附记的范围内的全部修改、变型以及等同物。The foregoing and other features of the present application will become apparent from the following description, taken with reference to the accompanying drawings. In the specification and drawings, specific embodiments of the present application are specifically disclosed, which indicate some embodiments in which the principles of the present application can be adopted. It should be understood that the present application is not limited to the described embodiments, on the contrary, the present application The application includes all amendments, variations and equivalents falling within the scope of the appended notes.
在本申请实施例中,术语“第一”、“第二”等用于对不同元素从称谓上进行区分,但并不表示这些元素的空间排列或时间顺序等,这些元素不应被这些术语所限制。术语“和/或”包括相关联列出的术语的一种或多个中的任何一个和所有组合。术语“包含”、“包括”、“具有”等是指所陈述的特征、元素、元件或组件的存在,但并不排除存在或添加一个或多个其他特征、元素、元件或组件。In this embodiment of the application, the terms "first", "second", etc. are used to distinguish different elements from the title, but do not indicate the spatial arrangement or time order of these elements, and these elements should not be referred to by these terms restricted. The term "and/or" includes any and all combinations of one or more of the associated listed items. The terms "comprising", "including", "having" and the like refer to the presence of stated features, elements, elements or components, but do not exclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, elements, elements or components.
在本申请实施例中,单数形式“一”、“该”等包括复数形式,应广义地理解为“一种”或“一类”而并不是限定为“一个”的含义;此外术语“所述”应理解为既包括单数形式也包括复数形式,除非上下文另外明确指出。此外术语“根据”应理解为“至少部分根据……”,术语“基于”应理解为“至少部分基于……”,除非上下 文另外明确指出。In the embodiments of the present application, the singular forms "a", "the" and the like include plural forms, which should be broadly understood as "one" or "a class" and not limited to the meaning of "one"; in addition, the term "all The above should be understood to include both the singular and the plural, unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. In addition, the term "based on" should be understood as "at least in part based on..." and the term "based on" should be understood as "at least in part based on...", unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
在本申请实施例中,术语“通信网络”或“无线通信网络”可以指符合如下任意通信标准的网络,例如长期演进(LTE,Long Term Evolution)、增强的长期演进(LTE-A,LTE-Advanced)、宽带码分多址接入(WCDMA,Wideband Code Division Multiple Access)、高速报文接入(HSPA,High-Speed Packet Access)等等。In this embodiment of the application, the term "communication network" or "wireless communication network" may refer to a network conforming to any of the following communication standards, such as Long Term Evolution (LTE, Long Term Evolution), Enhanced Long Term Evolution (LTE-A, LTE- Advanced), Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access), High-Speed Packet Access (HSPA, High-Speed Packet Access), etc.
并且,通信系统中设备之间的通信可以根据任意阶段的通信协议进行,例如可以包括但不限于如下通信协议:1G(generation)、2G、2.5G、2.75G、3G、4G、4.5G以及未来的5G、新无线(NR,New Radio)等等,和/或其他目前已知或未来将被开发的通信协议。Moreover, the communication between devices in the communication system can be carried out according to any stage of communication protocol, for example, it can include but not limited to the following communication protocols: 1G (generation), 2G, 2.5G, 2.75G, 3G, 4G, 4.5G and future 5G, New Radio (NR, New Radio), etc., and/or other communication protocols that are currently known or will be developed in the future.
在本申请实施例中,术语“网络设备”例如是指通信系统中将用户设备接入通信网络并为该用户设备提供服务的设备。网络设备可以包括但不限于如下设备:IAB架构下的“节点(node)”和/或“宿主(donor)”、基站(BS,Base Station)、接入点(AP、Access Point)、发送接收点(TRP,Transmission Reception Point)、广播发射机、移动管理实体(MME、Mobile Management Entity)、网关、服务器、无线网络控制器(RNC,Radio Network Controller)、基站控制器(BSC,Base Station Controller)等等。In this embodiment of the present application, the term "network device" refers to, for example, a device in a communication system that connects a user equipment to a communication network and provides services for the user equipment. Network devices may include but are not limited to the following devices: "node" and/or "donor" under the IAB architecture, base station (BS, Base Station), access point (AP, Access Point), sending and receiving Point (TRP, Transmission Reception Point), broadcast transmitter, mobile management entity (MME, Mobile Management Entity), gateway, server, radio network controller (RNC, Radio Network Controller), base station controller (BSC, Base Station Controller) etc.
其中,基站可以包括但不限于:节点B(NodeB或NB)、演进节点B(eNodeB或eNB)以及5G基站(gNB),等等,此外还可包括远端无线头(RRH,Remote Radio Head)、远端无线单元(RRU,Remote Radio Unit)、中继(relay)或者低功率节点(例如femto、pico等等)。并且术语“基站”可以包括它们的一些或所有功能,每个基站可以对特定的地理区域提供通信覆盖。术语“小区”可以指的是基站和/或其覆盖区域,这取决于使用该术语的上下文。Among them, the base station may include but not limited to: Node B (NodeB or NB), evolved Node B (eNodeB or eNB), and 5G base station (gNB), etc., and may also include Remote Radio Head (RRH, Remote Radio Head) , Remote Radio Unit (RRU, Remote Radio Unit), relay (relay) or low-power node (such as femto, pico, etc.). And the term "base station" may include some or all of their functions, each base station may provide communication coverage for a particular geographic area. The term "cell" can refer to a base station and/or its coverage area depending on the context in which the term is used.
在本申请实施例中,术语“用户设备”(UE,User Equipment)例如是指通过网络设备接入通信网络并接收网络服务的设备,也可以称为“终端设备”(TE,Terminal Equipment)。终端设备可以是固定的或移动的,并且也可以称为移动台(MS,Mobile Station)、终端、用户台(SS,Subscriber Station)、接入终端(AT,Access Terminal)、站,等等。例如,IAB架构下的由IAB节点或IAB宿主服务的终端设备。In the embodiment of the present application, the term "User Equipment" (UE, User Equipment) refers to, for example, a device that accesses a communication network through a network device and receives network services, and may also be called "Terminal Equipment" (TE, Terminal Equipment). A terminal device may be fixed or mobile, and may also be called a mobile station (MS, Mobile Station), a terminal, a subscriber station (SS, Subscriber Station), an access terminal (AT, Access Terminal), a station, etc. For example, a terminal device served by an IAB node or an IAB host under the IAB architecture.
其中,终端设备可以包括但不限于如下设备:蜂窝电话(Cellular Phone)、个人数字助理(PDA,Personal Digital Assistant)、无线调制解调器、无线通信设备、手持 设备、机器型通信设备、膝上型计算机、无绳电话、智能手机、智能手表、数字相机,等等。Among them, the terminal equipment may include but not limited to the following equipment: Cellular Phone (Cellular Phone), Personal Digital Assistant (PDA, Personal Digital Assistant), wireless modem, wireless communication equipment, handheld equipment, machine-type communication equipment, laptop computer, Cordless phones, smartphones, smart watches, digital cameras, and more.
再例如,在物联网(IoT,Internet of Things)等场景下,终端设备还可以是进行监控或测量的机器或装置,例如可以包括但不限于:机器类通信(MTC,Machine Type Communication)终端、车载通信终端、设备到设备(D2D,Device to Device)终端、机器到机器(M2M,Machine to Machine)终端,等等。For another example, in scenarios such as the Internet of Things (IoT, Internet of Things), the terminal device can also be a machine or device for monitoring or measurement, such as but not limited to: a machine type communication (MTC, Machine Type Communication) terminal, Vehicle communication terminal, device to device (D2D, Device to Device) terminal, machine to machine (M2M, Machine to Machine) terminal, etc.
在IAB系统中,IAB-node可以通过独立组网(SA,Standalone)模式或非独立组网(EN-DC,E-UTRA-NRDualConnectivity)模式接入网络。图3是SA模式的IAB架构的示意图。图3是EN-DC模式的IAB架构的示意图。如图4所示,在双连接模式中,IAB节点通过E-UTRA连接到一个MeNB,IAB宿主作为SgNB终止X2-C。In the IAB system, the IAB-node can access the network through an independent networking (SA, Standalone) mode or a non-independent networking (EN-DC, E-UTRA-NRDualConnectivity) mode. FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an IAB architecture in SA mode. Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of the IAB architecture of the EN-DC mode. As shown in Figure 4, in the dual connectivity mode, the IAB node is connected to a MeNB through E-UTRA, and the IAB host serves as the SgNB to terminate X2-C.
图5是一个IAB节点(IAB-node)与父节点(parent IAB-node)和子节点(child IAB-node)的示意图。如图4所示,IAB节点的IAB-DU作为网络侧与子节点的IAB-MT连接,IAB节点的IAB-MT作为终端侧与父节点的IAB-DU连接。。Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of an IAB node (IAB-node), a parent node (parent IAB-node) and a child node (child IAB-node). As shown in FIG. 4 , the IAB-DU of the IAB node is connected to the IAB-MT of the child node as the network side, and the IAB-MT of the IAB node is connected to the IAB-DU of the parent node as the terminal side. .
图6是IAB-DU和IAB-Donor CU之间的F1用户面(F1-U)协议栈的示意图。图7是IAB-DU和IAB-Donor CU之间的F1控制面(F1-C)协议栈的示意图。Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of the F1 user plane (F1-U) protocol stack between the IAB-DU and the IAB-Donor CU. Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of the F1 control plane (F1-C) protocol stack between the IAB-DU and the IAB-Donor CU.
如图6和图7所示,F1-U和F1-C是建立在IAB-DU和IAB-Donor-CU之间的传输(IP)层之上,图6和图7中经过两跳无线回传和一跳有线回传。在回传链路上,传输(IP)层承载在回传自适应协议(BAP)子层上,IAB-node中的BAP实体实现IAB系统的路由功能,由IAB-Donor CU提供路由表。BAP PDU(协议数据单元)在回传链路的RLC(无线链路控制)信道中传输,回传链路的多个RLC信道可以被IAB-Donor配置为承载不同的优先级和QoS(服务质量)的业务,由BAP实体将BAP PDU映射到不同的回传RLC信道上。As shown in Figure 6 and Figure 7, F1-U and F1-C are established on the transmission (IP) layer between IAB-DU and IAB-Donor-CU, and in Figure 6 and Figure 7, after two hops of wireless transmission and one-hop wired return. On the backhaul link, the transport (IP) layer is carried on the Backhaul Adaptive Protocol (BAP) sublayer, and the BAP entity in the IAB-node implements the routing function of the IAB system, and the IAB-Donor CU provides the routing table. BAP PDU (Protocol Data Unit) is transmitted in the RLC (Radio Link Control) channel of the backhaul link. Multiple RLC channels of the backhaul link can be configured by IAB-Donor to carry different priorities and QoS (Quality of Service) ) business, the BAP entity maps the BAP PDU to different backhaul RLC channels.
实施例1Example 1
本申请实施例1提供一种终端设备的转移方法,从第一IAB节点侧进行说明。 Embodiment 1 of the present application provides a transfer method of a terminal device, which is described from the side of the first IAB node.
本方法应用于第一IAB节点从第一宿主分布单元(CU)迁移到第二宿主CU的情况。图8是本申请实施例1的终端设备的转移方法的一示意图,如图8所示,该方法包括:This method is applied to the situation where the first IAB node migrates from the first host distribution unit (CU) to the second host CU. FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device transfer method according to Embodiment 1 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 8, the method includes:
步骤801:第一IAB节点在收到该第一宿主CU发送的F1连接建立指示后,使 第二分布单元(DU)发起与该第二宿主CU的F1连接的建立,以便于将终端设备从该第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区转移到第二DU的第二小区;Step 801: After receiving the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first host CU, the first IAB node makes the second distribution unit (DU) initiate the establishment of the F1 connection with the second host CU, so as to transfer the terminal device from The first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node is transferred to the second cell of the second DU;
其中,该第一DU已与该第一宿主CU建立有F1连接。Wherein, the first DU has established an F1 connection with the first host CU.
这样,能够方便地将终端设备从第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区转移到第二DU的第二小区,从而提供了一种第一IAB节点从第一宿主CU迁移到第二宿主CU时终端设备也由第一宿主CU转移到第二宿主CU的有效机制。In this way, the terminal device can be conveniently transferred from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU, thus providing a method for the first IAB node to migrate from the first host CU to the second host When the CU is an effective mechanism, the terminal device is also transferred from the first host CU to the second host CU.
例如,如图8所示,该方法还包括:For example, as shown in Figure 8, the method also includes:
步骤802:第一IAB节点收到该第一宿主CU发送的F1连接建立指示。Step 802: the first IAB node receives the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first host CU.
在本申请实施例中,第一IAB节点是进行迁移的IAB节点,第一宿主是第一IAB节点的原宿主,即迁移的源宿主,第二宿主是第一IAB节点的新宿主,即迁移的目标宿主。In the embodiment of this application, the first IAB node is the IAB node for migration, the first host is the original host of the first IAB node, that is, the source host of the migration, and the second host is the new host of the first IAB node, that is, the migration target host.
相应的,第一宿主CU是第一宿主的CU,即原宿主的CU,第二宿主CU是第二宿主的CU,即新宿主的CU。Correspondingly, the first host CU is the CU of the first host, that is, the CU of the original host, and the second host CU is the CU of the second host, that is, the CU of the new host.
在本申请实施例中,该F1连接建立指示由该第一宿主CU通过RRC重配置消息或F1AP消息发送给该第一IAB节点。In this embodiment of the present application, the F1 connection establishment instruction is sent by the first owner CU to the first IAB node through an RRC reconfiguration message or an F1AP message.
例如,在步骤802中,第一IAB节点通过RRC重配置消息或F1AP消息收到该第一宿主CU发送的F1连接建立指示。For example, in step 802, the first IAB node receives the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first donor CU through an RRC reconfiguration message or an F1AP message.
在步骤802中,第一IAB节点在收到该第一宿主CU发送的F1连接建立指示后,使第二分布单元(DU)发起与该第二宿主CU的F1连接的建立;从而,该方法还可以包括:In step 802, after receiving the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first host CU, the first IAB node makes the second distribution unit (DU) initiate the establishment of the F1 connection with the second host CU; thus, the method Can also include:
步骤803:第一IAB节点的第二DU与第二宿主CU建立F1连接。Step 803: the second DU of the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU.
图9是本申请实施例1的终端设备的转移方法的另一示意图,如图9所示,该方法包括:FIG. 9 is another schematic diagram of the terminal device transfer method according to Embodiment 1 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 9, the method includes:
步骤901:第一IAB节点收到该第一宿主CU发送的F1连接建立指示;Step 901: the first IAB node receives the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first host CU;
步骤902:第一IAB节点的第二DU发起与第二宿主CU的F1连接的建立;Step 902: the second DU of the first IAB node initiates the establishment of the F1 connection with the second host CU;
步骤903:第一IAB节点的第二DU与第二宿主CU建立F1连接。Step 903: the second DU of the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU.
在本申请实施例中,在步骤903之后,该方法还可以包括:In this embodiment of the application, after step 903, the method may further include:
步骤904:该第一IAB节点将该第二小区的第二PCI、第二下行频点以及第二NCGI中的至少一个,发送给该第一宿主CU;Step 904: the first IAB node sends at least one of the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point and the second NCGI of the second cell to the first host CU;
因为第一DU、第二DU中可能不止一个小区,在步骤903之后,该方法还可以包括:Because there may be more than one cell in the first DU and the second DU, after step 903, the method may further include:
步骤905:该第一IAB节点将该第一小区的NCGI与第二小区的第二NCGI的对应关系发送给该第一宿主CU。Step 905: the first IAB node sends the correspondence between the NCGI of the first cell and the second NCGI of the second cell to the first donor CU.
这样,使第一宿主CU获知第一IAB节点与第二宿主CU已建立F1连接,并请求第二宿主CU将接入到第一小区的终端设备转移到第二小区。In this way, the first host CU is informed that the first IAB node has established an F1 connection with the second host CU, and requests the second host CU to transfer the terminal equipment accessed to the first cell to the second cell.
在本申请实施例中,PCI为物理小区ID(Physical Cell ID)。NCGI为NR小区全局标识(NR Cell Global Identity),为小区在全球范围内的唯一标识。In this embodiment of the application, PCI is a physical cell ID (Physical Cell ID). NCGI is NR Cell Global Identity, which is the unique identifier of a cell in the world.
图10是本申请实施例1的本申请实施例1的终端设备的转移方法的又一示意图,如图10所示,该方法包括:Fig. 10 is another schematic diagram of the terminal device transfer method in Embodiment 1 of the present application according to Embodiment 1 of the present application. As shown in Fig. 10 , the method includes:
步骤1001:第一IAB节点收到该第一宿主CU发送的F1连接建立指示;Step 1001: the first IAB node receives the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first host CU;
步骤1002:第一IAB节点的第二DU发起与第二宿主CU的F1连接的建立;Step 1002: the second DU of the first IAB node initiates the establishment of the F1 connection with the second host CU;
与图9中的步骤不同的是,如图10所示,该方法还可以包括:Different from the steps in Figure 9, as shown in Figure 10, the method may also include:
步骤1003:在该第二DU与该第二宿主CU建立F1连接时,该第一IAB节点通过F1建立请求消息将该第一小区的第一PCI、第一下行频点以及第一NCGI中的至少一个,发送给该第二宿主CU。Step 1003: When the second DU establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU, the first IAB node sends the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI of the first cell through an F1 establishment request message. at least one of , and send it to the second host CU.
这样,在第一IAB节点的第二DU与第二宿主CU建立F1连接之后,可以使第二宿主CU将第二小区的信息发送给第一宿主CU,从而使第一宿主CU获知第一IAB节点与第二宿主CU已建立F1连接,并请求第二宿主CU将接入到第一小区的终端设备转移到第二小区。In this way, after the second DU of the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU, the second host CU can send the information of the second cell to the first host CU, so that the first host CU can learn about the first IAB The node has established an F1 connection with the second donor CU, and requests the second donor CU to transfer the terminal equipment connected to the first cell to the second cell.
因为第一DU、第二DU中可能不止一个第一小区和第二小区,在本申请实施例中,该F1 Setup Request消息还可以包含:该第一小区的第一NCGI和该第二小区的第二NCGI的对应关系。Because there may be more than one first cell and second cell in the first DU and the second DU, in this embodiment of the application, the F1 Setup Request message may also include: the first NCGI of the first cell and the first NCGI of the second cell Second NCGI correspondence.
在本申请实施例中,该第一IAB节点为该第一DU的第一小区和该第二DU的第二小区可以共享相同的空口资源。In this embodiment of the present application, the first IAB node may share the same air interface resources for the first cell of the first DU and the second cell of the second DU.
这样,将终端设备从与第一宿主CU连接的第一DU的第一小区转移到与第二宿主CU连接的第二DU的第二小区时,第一IAB节点可以不用为两个DU的小区同时准备两套不同的空口资源,提高了空口资源的使用效率。In this way, when the terminal device is transferred from the first cell of the first DU connected to the first parent CU to the second cell of the second DU connected to the second parent CU, the first IAB node does not need to be a cell of two DUs Two sets of different air interface resources are prepared at the same time, which improves the utilization efficiency of air interface resources.
但是,在本申请实施例中,也可以是,在第一IAB节点从第一宿主CU迁移到第 二宿主CU的情况下,第一DU的第一小区和第二DU的第二小区使用不同的空口资源。本申请实施例不对此进行限制。However, in this embodiment of the application, it is also possible that when the first IAB node migrates from the first host CU to the second host CU, the first cell of the first DU and the second cell of the second DU use different air interface resources. This embodiment of the application does not limit this.
在本实施例中,若第一DU的第一小区和该第二DU的第二小区共享相同的空口资源,则空口资源只能发送与一个小区相关的信号,空口资源需要从发送第一小区相关的信号转换到发送第二小区相关的信号。In this embodiment, if the first cell of the first DU and the second cell of the second DU share the same air interface resources, the air interface resources can only send signals related to one cell, and the air interface resources need to be transmitted from the first cell The related signal is switched to transmit the signal related to the second cell.
在本申请实施例中,如图9所示,若第一DU的第一小区和该第二DU的第二小区共享相同的空口资源,该方法还可以包括:In the embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 9, if the first cell of the first DU and the second cell of the second DU share the same air interface resource, the method may further include:
步骤906:该第一IAB节点从该第一宿主CU接收空口资源转换指示;Step 906: the first IAB node receives an air interface resource conversion instruction from the first host CU;
步骤907:该第一IAB节点将空口资源从广播与该第一小区相关的信号转换为广播与该第二小区相关的信号。Step 907: The first IAB node switches air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell.
在本申请实施例中,如图9所示,在步骤906之前,第一宿主CU需要知道第一小区和第二小区是否使用相同的空口资源。该方法还可以包括:In this embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 9 , before step 906, the first donor CU needs to know whether the first cell and the second cell use the same air interface resources. The method can also include:
步骤908:第一IAB节点向第二宿主CU发送空口资源共享指示,该空口资源共享指示用于指示第一DU的第一小区与第二DU的第二小区共享相同的空口资源。Step 908: The first IAB node sends an air interface resource sharing indication to the second donor CU, where the air interface resource sharing indication is used to indicate that the first cell of the first DU and the second cell of the second DU share the same air interface resources.
在本实施例中,若第一DU的第一小区和该第二DU的第二小区共享相同的空口资源,则第一小区的第一PCI和第一下行频点与该第二小区的第二PCI和第二下行频点可以相同也可以不同,但由于两个小区分别属于不同的宿主CU,两个小区的NCGI必须不同。In this embodiment, if the first cell of the first DU and the second cell of the second DU share the same air interface resources, the first PCI and the first downlink frequency of the first cell are the same as those of the second cell. The second PCI and the second downlink frequency points may be the same or different, but since the two cells belong to different host CUs, the NCGIs of the two cells must be different.
在本实施例中,由以上步骤使第一宿主CU获知第二小区的第二PCI和第二下行频点,从而确定第一小区和第二小区的PCI和下行频点是否相同。若第一小区和第二小区的PCI和下行频点是相同的,当空口资源从发送第一小区相关的信号转换到发送第二小区相关的信号时,空口资源可以继续服务原先连接到第一小区的终端设备,即使两个小区的公共配置不同(包括NCGI),原先连接到第一小区的终端设备不会发生无线链路失败。这种情况下,可能不可以使用专用的RRC消息(例如用于切换的RRC重配置消息)向终端设备配置第二小区的公共小区配置,当连接到第二小区后,终端设备需要读取第二小区的系统信息以获取第二小区的公共小区配置。In this embodiment, the above steps enable the first host CU to know the second PCI and the second downlink frequency of the second cell, so as to determine whether the PCI and the downlink frequency of the first cell and the second cell are the same. If the PCI and downlink frequencies of the first cell and the second cell are the same, when the air interface resources are switched from sending signals related to the first cell to sending signals related to the second cell, the air interface resources can continue to serve the original connection to the first cell. For the terminal equipment in the cell, even if the public configurations of the two cells are different (including NCGI), the terminal equipment originally connected to the first cell will not experience radio link failure. In this case, it may not be possible to use a dedicated RRC message (such as an RRC reconfiguration message for handover) to configure the public cell configuration of the second cell to the terminal device. After connecting to the second cell, the terminal device needs to read the first System information of the second cell to obtain the public cell configuration of the second cell.
例如,如图9所示,在步骤907之前,该方法还可以包括:For example, as shown in FIG. 9, before step 907, the method may further include:
步骤909:该第一IAB节点从该第一宿主CU接收系统信息变更请求,并向该终端设备发送系统信息变更指示,以触发该终端设备接收该第二小区相关的系统信息。 在本申请实施例中,系统信息变更请求可以包含在空口资源切换指示中,也就是说,步骤906和步骤909可以进行合并执行。但是,系统信息变更请求和空口资源切换指示也可以分别发送,即,步骤906和步骤909分别执行。Step 909: The first IAB node receives a system information change request from the first host CU, and sends a system information change instruction to the terminal device, so as to trigger the terminal device to receive system information related to the second cell. In this embodiment of the present application, the system information change request may be included in the air interface resource switching instruction, that is, step 906 and step 909 may be performed in combination. However, the system information change request and the air interface resource switching instruction may also be sent separately, that is, step 906 and step 909 are executed separately.
在本实施例中,若第一小区和第二小区的PCI不同或者下行频点不同,当空口资源从发送第一小区相关的信号转换到发送第二小区相关的信号时,空口资源不能继续服务原先连接到第一小区的终端设备,原先连接到第一小区的终端设备会发生无线链路失败。这种情况下,可以使用用于切换的RRC重配置消息触发终端设备从第一小区转移到第二小区,并使用该RRC重配置消息向终端设备配置第二小区的公共小区配置。In this embodiment, if the PCIs of the first cell and the second cell are different or the downlink frequencies are different, when the air interface resources are switched from sending signals related to the first cell to sending signals related to the second cell, the air interface resources cannot continue to serve The terminal equipment originally connected to the first cell, and the terminal equipment originally connected to the first cell may experience radio link failure. In this case, the RRC reconfiguration message for handover may be used to trigger the terminal device to transfer from the first cell to the second cell, and the RRC reconfiguration message may be used to configure the public cell configuration of the second cell to the terminal device.
例如,如图9所示,在步骤907之前,该方法还可以包括:For example, as shown in FIG. 9, before step 907, the method may further include:
步骤910:该第一IAB节点通过该第一DU接收该第一宿主CU发送的下行F1AP消息,其中该下行F1AP消息包含针对该终端设备的RRC重配置消息;Step 910: The first IAB node receives a downlink F1AP message sent by the first host CU through the first DU, where the downlink F1AP message includes an RRC reconfiguration message for the terminal device;
步骤911:该第一IAB节点将该RRC重配置消息发送给该终端设备;Step 911: the first IAB node sends the RRC reconfiguration message to the terminal device;
其中,该RRC重配置消息用于将该终端设备从该第一小区转移到该第二小区;由于第一小区和第二小区属于不同的宿主CU,终端设备转移到第二宿主CU时必须更新主密钥,该RRC重配置消息中至少包含主密钥更新信息(MasterKeyUpdate)和用于该终端设备同步到该第二小区的同步重配置信息(ReconfigurationWithSync)。Wherein, the RRC reconfiguration message is used to transfer the terminal equipment from the first cell to the second cell; since the first cell and the second cell belong to different owner CUs, the terminal equipment must update the A master key, the RRC reconfiguration message at least includes master key update information (MasterKeyUpdate) and synchronization reconfiguration information (ReconfigurationWithSync) for the terminal device to synchronize to the second cell.
另外,同步重配置信息可包含该第二小区的PCI和该第二小区的公共配置信息。例如,若第一小区和第二小区的PCI不同或者下行频点不同,同步重配置信息包含该第二小区的PCI和该第二小区的公共配置信息。In addition, the synchronous reconfiguration information may include the PCI of the second cell and the public configuration information of the second cell. For example, if the PCIs of the first cell and the second cell are different or the downlink frequencies are different, the synchronous reconfiguration information includes the PCI of the second cell and the public configuration information of the second cell.
在本申请实施例中,若第一小区和第二小区的PCI不同或者下行频点不同,上述RRC重配置消息必须在空口资源转换到发送第二小区的信号之前发送到终端设备,否则原先连接到第一小区的终端设备将无法接收。因此,该空口资源转换指示可以由步骤909中该第一宿主CU发送的最后一个该下行F1AP消息携带。In this embodiment of the application, if the PCI of the first cell and the second cell are different or the downlink frequencies are different, the above RRC reconfiguration message must be sent to the terminal device before the air interface resources are switched to send the signal of the second cell, otherwise the original connection Terminal equipment to the first cell will not be able to receive. Therefore, the air interface resource switching indication may be carried in the last downlink F1AP message sent by the first host CU in step 909 .
例如,在步骤911中,当该第一IAB节点将该下行F1AP中包含的RRC重配置消息成功发送给该终端设备时,执行步骤907,即,该第一IAB节点将空口资源从广播与该第一小区相关的信号转换为广播与该第二小区相关的信号。For example, in step 911, when the first IAB node successfully sends the RRC reconfiguration message contained in the downlink F1AP to the terminal device, step 907 is performed, that is, the first IAB node broadcasts the air interface resource from the broadcast to the terminal device. Signals related to the first cell are converted to broadcast signals related to the second cell.
在本申请实施例中,若第一小区和第二小区的PCI不同或者下行频点不同,由于要将所有需要切换到第二小区的终端设备的RRC重配置消息在空口资源转换之前发 送,可能有终端设备接收到RRC重配置消息时空口资源还未转换,因此可能有些终端设备接收到用于RRC重配置时不能立即检测到第二PCI。这样,导致切换定时器T304超时,从而引起这些终端发起RRC重建立。为了避免T304超时导致的RRC重建立,可以增大T304的时间长度,使终端设备成功切换到第二小区。或者给终端设备配置条件切换(CHO,conditional handover),接收到条件切换配置时,终端设备不是立即触发切换(执行RRC重配置,如启动T304),而是当第二小区的信号L3filter测量结果满足配置的条件时才触发到第二小区的转移(启动T304),这样,当空口资源转换到第二小区之后才能触发条件切换,终端设备才能启动T304,从而使终端设备成功切换到第二小区。In this embodiment of the application, if the PCIs of the first cell and the second cell are different or the downlink frequencies are different, since the RRC reconfiguration messages of all terminal devices that need to be handed over to the second cell must be sent before the air interface resource switching, it may When some terminal devices receive the RRC reconfiguration message, the air interface resources have not been converted, so some terminal devices may not be able to detect the second PCI immediately when receiving the RRC reconfiguration message. In this way, the handover timer T304 expires, causing these terminals to initiate RRC re-establishment. In order to avoid the RRC re-establishment caused by the timeout of T304, the time length of T304 can be increased, so that the terminal equipment can be handed over to the second cell successfully. Or configure conditional handover (CHO, conditional handover) for the terminal device. When receiving the conditional handover configuration, the terminal device does not immediately trigger the handover (execute RRC reconfiguration, such as starting T304), but when the signal L3filter measurement result of the second cell satisfies The transfer to the second cell is triggered (starting T304) only when the configured conditions are met. In this way, the conditional handover can be triggered only after the air interface resources are transferred to the second cell, and the terminal device can start T304, so that the terminal device is successfully handed over to the second cell.
例如,当第一小区和第二小区的PCI不同或者下行频点不同时,该终端设备的RRC重配置消息可以为用于条件切换(CHO)的RRC重配置消息;该RRC重配置消息还包含该终端设备切换到该第二小区的条件。For example, when the PCIs of the first cell and the second cell are different or the downlink frequencies are different, the RRC reconfiguration message of the terminal device may be an RRC reconfiguration message for conditional handover (CHO); the RRC reconfiguration message also includes A condition for the terminal device to switch to the second cell.
在本申请实施例中,若第一小区和第二小区的PCI不同或者下行频点不同,当第一IAB节点的空口资源由发送第一小区的信号转换到第二小区的信号后,第一IAB节点不再使用与第一宿主CU之间的F1连接,对于所有已连接的终端设备以及所有初始接入的终端设备,第一IAB节点都使用第二DU并通过与第二宿主CU之间的F1连接。In this embodiment of the application, if the PCI of the first cell and the second cell are different or the downlink frequencies are different, when the air interface resource of the first IAB node is switched from sending the signal of the first cell to the signal of the second cell, the first The IAB node no longer uses the F1 connection with the first host CU. For all connected terminal devices and all initial access terminal devices, the first IAB node uses the second DU and passes through the connection with the second host CU. F1 connection.
因此,如图9所示,在步骤907之后,该方法还可以包括:Therefore, as shown in FIG. 9, after step 907, the method may further include:
步骤912:该第一IAB节点将从该终端设备接收的RRC重配置完成消息通过该第二DU发送到该第二宿主CU。Step 912: the first IAB node sends the RRC reconfiguration complete message received from the terminal device to the second owner CU through the second DU.
在本申请实施例中,若第一小区和第二小区的PCI不同或者下行频点不同,在该第一IAB节点将空口资源从广播与该第一小区相关的信号转换为广播与该第二小区相关的信号之后,第一IAB节点不需要为转移到第二小区的终端设备分配新的C-RNTI。该终端设备在该第二小区中的C-RNTI与该终端设备在该第一小区中的C-RNTI相同。此外,终端设备在第二DU下的UE上下文可以完全继承自该终端设备在第一DU下的上下文,包括UE在第一IAB节点中的唯一标识gNB-DU UE F1AP ID。In this embodiment of the present application, if the PCI of the first cell and the second cell are different or the downlink frequencies are different, the first IAB node converts the air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell. After the cell-related signal, the first IAB node does not need to allocate a new C-RNTI for the terminal equipment transferred to the second cell. The C-RNTI of the terminal device in the second cell is the same as the C-RNTI of the terminal device in the first cell. In addition, the UE context of the terminal device under the second DU can be completely inherited from the context of the terminal device under the first DU, including the unique identifier gNB-DU UE F1AP ID of the UE in the first IAB node.
在本申请实施例中,如图9所示,在步骤907之后,该方法还可以包括:In the embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 9, after step 907, the method may further include:
步骤913:该第一IAB节点发起该第一DU与该第一宿主CU之间的F1连接的 释放。Step 913: The first IAB node initiates the release of the F1 connection between the first DU and the first host CU.
在图10所示的方法中,也可以执行与步骤906至步骤913类似的步骤,本申请实施例以图9所示的方法为例进行了说明,此处不再重复说明。In the method shown in FIG. 10 , steps similar to steps 906 to 913 may also be performed. The embodiment of the present application uses the method shown in FIG. 9 as an example for description, and the description will not be repeated here.
另外,在图9所示的方法中,通过步骤906和步骤907,第一IAB节点根据从该第一宿主CU接收的空口资源转换指示,将空口资源从广播与该第一小区相关的信号转换为广播与该第二小区相关的信号。In addition, in the method shown in FIG. 9, through steps 906 and 907, the first IAB node switches the air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell according to the air interface resource switching instruction received from the first host CU. To broadcast a signal related to the second cell.
但是,可替换的,当第一IAB节点的第二DU与第二宿主CU建立F1连接后,第一IAB节点也可以自发地进行空口资源的转换。However, alternatively, after the second DU of the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU, the first IAB node may also switch the air interface resources spontaneously.
例如,在第一小区第一PCI、第一下行频点和第二小区的第二PCI、第二下行频点相同,即PCI不变的情况下,第一IAB节点可以自发地进行空口资源的转换。For example, when the first PCI and the first downlink frequency of the first cell are the same as the second PCI and the second downlink frequency of the second cell, that is, the PCI remains unchanged, the first IAB node can spontaneously perform air interface resource conversion.
图11是本申请实施例1的本申请实施例1的终端设备的转移方法的又一示意图,如图11所示,该方法包括:Fig. 11 is another schematic diagram of the terminal device transfer method in Embodiment 1 of the present application according to Embodiment 1 of the present application. As shown in Fig. 11 , the method includes:
步骤1101:第一IAB节点收到该第一宿主CU发送的F1连接建立指示;Step 1101: the first IAB node receives the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first owner CU;
步骤1102:第一IAB节点的第二DU发起与第二宿主CU的F1连接的建立;Step 1102: the second DU of the first IAB node initiates the establishment of the F1 connection with the second host CU;
步骤1103:第一IAB节点的第二DU与第二宿主CU建立F1连接;Step 1103: the second DU of the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU;
步骤1104:该第一IAB节点将空口资源从广播与该第一小区相关的信号转换为广播与该第二小区相关的信号。Step 1104: the first IAB node switches air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell.
在本申请实施例中,如图11所示,在步骤1104之后,该方法还可以包括:In the embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 11, after step 1104, the method may further include:
步骤1105:该第一IAB节点发起该第一DU与该第一宿主CU之间的F1连接的释放。Step 1105: the first IAB node initiates the release of the F1 connection between the first DU and the first host CU.
由上述实施例可知,能够方便地将终端设备从第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区转移到第二DU的第二小区,从而提供了一种第一IAB节点从第一宿主CU迁移到第二宿主CU时终端设备也从第一宿主CU转移到第二宿主CU的有效机制。It can be seen from the above-mentioned embodiment that the terminal device can be conveniently transferred from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU, thereby providing a method of migrating the first IAB node from the first host CU An effective mechanism for the terminal device to also transfer from the first host CU to the second host CU when reaching the second host CU.
实施例2Example 2
本申请实施例2提供一种终端设备的转移方法,从第一宿主CU侧进行说明。其对应于实施例1的方法,相同之处不在重复说明。 Embodiment 2 of the present application provides a transfer method of a terminal device, which is described from the side of the first host CU. It corresponds to the method of Example 1, and the same parts will not be described repeatedly.
本方法应用于第一IAB节点从第一CU迁移到第二宿主CU的情况。图12是本申请实施例2的终端设备的转移方法的一示意图,如图12所示,该方法包括:This method is applied to the situation where the first IAB node migrates from the first CU to the second host CU. FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device transfer method according to Embodiment 2 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 12, the method includes:
步骤1201:该第一宿主CU向该第一IAB节点发送F1连接建立指示,该F1连 接建立指示用于指示该第一IAB节点通过第二DU与该第二宿主CU建立F1连接,以便于将终端设备从该第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区转移到第二DU的第二小区;Step 1201: the first host CU sends an F1 connection establishment indication to the first IAB node, and the F1 connection establishment indication is used to instruct the first IAB node to establish an F1 connection with the second host CU through a second DU, so as to The terminal device is transferred from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU;
其中,该第一宿主CU与该第一IAB节点的第一DU已建立有F1连接。Wherein, the first host CU has established an F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node.
这样,能够方便地将终端设备从第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区转移到第二DU的第二小区,从而提供了一种第一IAB节点从第一宿主CU迁移到第二宿主CU时终端设备也从第一宿主CU转移到第二宿主CU的有效机制。In this way, the terminal device can be conveniently transferred from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU, thus providing a method for the first IAB node to migrate from the first host CU to the second host An effective mechanism for a terminal device to also transfer from a first host CU to a second host CU when a CU is used.
在本申请实施例中,该第一宿主CU可以通过RRC重配置消息或F1AP消息将F1连接建立指示发送给该第一IAB节点。In this embodiment of the present application, the first host CU may send the F1 connection establishment instruction to the first IAB node through an RRC reconfiguration message or an F1AP message.
在本申请实施例中,如图12所示,在步骤1201之前,该方法还可以包括:In the embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 12, before step 1201, the method may further include:
步骤1202:该第一宿主CU接收该第二宿主CU发送的接受与该第一IAB节点建立F1连接请求的指示。Step 1202: The first host CU receives an indication from the second host CU of accepting the request for establishing an F1 connection with the first IAB node.
例如,该第一宿主CU通过针对该第一IAB节点的Xn切换响应消息接收该第二宿主CU发送的接受与该第一IAB节点建立F1连接请求的指示。For example, the first host CU receives an indication from the second host CU of accepting the request to establish an F1 connection with the first IAB node through an Xn handover response message directed to the first IAB node.
在本申请实施例中,如图12所示,在步骤1201之前,该方法还可以包括:In the embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 12, before step 1201, the method may further include:
步骤1203:该第一宿主CU接收该第二宿主CU为该第一IAB节点配置的用于该第一IAB节点与该第二宿主CU建立F1连接的TNL地址;Step 1203: the first host CU receives the TNL address configured for the first IAB node by the second host CU for the first IAB node to establish an F1 connection with the second host CU;
例如,该TNL地址包含于针对该第一IAB节点的Xn切换响应消息。For example, the TNL address is included in the Xn Handover Response message for the first IAB node.
也就是说,步骤1202和步骤1203可以合并执行。That is to say, step 1202 and step 1203 can be performed in combination.
在本申请实施例中,在步骤1202之前,该方法还可以包括:In this embodiment of the application, before step 1202, the method may further include:
步骤1204:第一宿主CU请求第二宿主CU与第一IAB节点建立F1连接。Step 1204: the first host CU requests the second host CU to establish an F1 connection with the first IAB node.
例如,第一宿主CU通过针对第一IAB节点的Xn切换请求消息请求第二宿主CU与第一IAB节点建立F1连接。For example, the first host CU requests the second host CU to establish an F1 connection with the first IAB node through an Xn handover request message directed to the first IAB node.
在本申请实施例中,在步骤1201中,该第一宿主CU可以通过下行F1AP消息向该第一IAB节点发送该F1连接指示,其中,该下行F1AP消息包含用于该第一IAB节点与该第二宿主CU建立F1连接的TNL地址,例如,通过步骤1203从第二宿主CU获得的用于该第一IAB节点与该第二宿主CU建立F1连接的TNL地址。In this embodiment of the present application, in step 1201, the first host CU may send the F1 connection indication to the first IAB node through a downlink F1AP message, wherein the downlink F1AP message includes information for the first IAB node and the first IAB node. The TNL address for the second host CU to establish the F1 connection, for example, the TNL address obtained from the second host CU in step 1203 for the first IAB node to establish the F1 connection with the second host CU.
在本申请实施例中,该用于该第一IAB节点与该第二宿主CU建立F1连接的TNL地址也可以包含在由该Xn切换响应消息携带的针对该第一IAB节点的RRC重配置 消息中;例如,在步骤1201中,该第一宿主CU将该针对该第一IAB节点的RRC重配置消息转发至该第一IAB节点,其中,该RRC重配置消息用于指示该第一IAB节点与该第二宿主CU建立F1连接。In this embodiment of the present application, the TNL address used to establish the F1 connection between the first IAB node and the second host CU may also be included in the RRC reconfiguration message for the first IAB node carried by the Xn handover response message In; for example, in step 1201, the first host CU forwards the RRC reconfiguration message for the first IAB node to the first IAB node, where the RRC reconfiguration message is used to indicate the first IAB node An F1 connection is established with the second host CU.
在本申请实施例中,在该第一IAB节点通过第二DU与该第二宿主CU建立F1连接后,如图12所示,该方法还包括:In the embodiment of the present application, after the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU through the second DU, as shown in FIG. 12 , the method further includes:
步骤1205:该第一宿主CU向该第二宿主CU发送针对终端设备的Xn切换请求消息,其中,该Xn切换响应消息包含该第一小区的第一NCGI。Step 1205: the first donor CU sends an Xn handover request message for the terminal device to the second donor CU, wherein the Xn handover response message includes the first NCGI of the first cell.
也就是说,由于第一宿主CU没有获得第二小区的第二NCGI,因此该Xn切换响应消息包含的是第一小区的第一NCGI,这种情况下,可以由第二宿主CU通过第一NCGI与第二NCGI的对应关系,获知终端设备转移的目标小区是第二小区。That is to say, since the first donor CU has not obtained the second NCGI of the second cell, the Xn handover response message contains the first NCGI of the first cell. In this case, the second donor CU can pass the first NCGI The corresponding relationship between the NCGI and the second NCGI, it is learned that the target cell to which the terminal equipment transfers is the second cell.
在本申请实施例中,当第一宿主CU发送完终端设备的RRC重配置消息后,或者,当终端设备成功完成RRC重配置之后,即成功转移至第二宿主CU之后,将无需使用第一IAB节点与第一宿主CU之间的F1连接。如图12所示,该方法还包括:In this embodiment of the application, after the first host CU sends the RRC reconfiguration message of the terminal device, or after the terminal device successfully completes the RRC reconfiguration, that is, after successfully transferring to the second host CU, there is no need to use the first host CU. F1 connection between the IAB node and the first host CU. As shown in Figure 12, the method also includes:
步骤1206:当该第一宿主CU发送完最后一个包含该终端设备的RRC重配置消息的下行F1AP消息时,或者,当该第一宿主CU收到该第二宿主CU发送的针对最后一个该终端设备的UE上下文释放指示消息时,该第一宿主CU发起与该第一IAB节点的第一DU之间的F1连接的释放。Step 1206: When the first host CU finishes sending the last downlink F1AP message containing the RRC reconfiguration message of the terminal device, or when the first host CU receives the last message sent by the second host CU for the terminal device When receiving the UE context release instruction message of the device, the first host CU initiates the release of the F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node.
图13是本申请实施例2的终端设备的转移方法的另一示意图,如图13所示,该方法包括:FIG. 13 is another schematic diagram of the terminal device transfer method according to Embodiment 2 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 13, the method includes:
步骤1301:该第一宿主CU接收该第二宿主CU发送的接受与该第一IAB节点建立F1连接请求的指示;Step 1301: The first host CU receives an indication from the second host CU of accepting the request to establish an F1 connection with the first IAB node;
步骤1302:该第一宿主CU接收该第二宿主CU为该第一IAB节点配置的用于该第一IAB节点与该第二宿主CU建立F1连接的TNL地址;Step 1302: the first host CU receives the TNL address configured by the second host CU for the first IAB node for the first IAB node to establish an F1 connection with the second host CU;
步骤1303:该第一宿主CU向该第一IAB节点发送F1连接建立指示,该F1连接建立指示用于指示该第一IAB节点通过第二DU与该第二宿主CU建立F1连接,以便于将终端设备从该第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区转移到第二DU的第二小区;Step 1303: the first host CU sends an F1 connection establishment instruction to the first IAB node, and the F1 connection establishment instruction is used to instruct the first IAB node to establish an F1 connection with the second host CU through the second DU, so as to The terminal device is transferred from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU;
在本申请实施例中,该第一IAB节点通过第二DU与该第二宿主CU建立F1连接后,如图13所示,该方法还可以包括:In the embodiment of the present application, after the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU through the second DU, as shown in FIG. 13 , the method may further include:
步骤1304:该第一宿主CU从该第一IAB节点接收该第二小区的第二PCI、第二下行频点以及第二NCGI中的至少一个;Step 1304: the first host CU receives at least one of the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point and the second NCGI of the second cell from the first IAB node;
步骤1305:该第一宿主CU从该第一IAB节点接收该第一小区的第一NCGI和该第二小区的第二NCGI的对应关系。Step 1305: The first donor CU receives the correspondence between the first NCGI of the first cell and the second NCGI of the second cell from the first IAB node.
这样,第一宿主CU可以获知第一IAB节点与第二宿主CU已建立F1连接,从而触发针对终端设备的转移过程。In this way, the first host CU can learn that the first IAB node has established an F1 connection with the second host CU, thereby triggering a transfer process for the terminal device.
在本申请实施例中,如图13所示,在步骤1305之后,该方法还可以包括:In the embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 13, after step 1305, the method may further include:
步骤1306:该第一宿主CU向该第二宿主CU发送针对终端设备的Xn切换请求消息,其中,该Xn切换请求消息包含该第二小区的第二NCGI。Step 1306: the first donor CU sends an Xn handover request message for the terminal device to the second donor CU, where the Xn handover request message includes the second NCGI of the second cell.
也就是说,由于第一CU已经获得了第二NCGI,因此该Xn切换请求消息里包含的是第二NCGI。That is to say, since the first CU has obtained the second NCGI, the Xn switching request message contains the second NCGI.
图14是本申请实施例2的终端设备的转移方法的又一示意图,如图14所示,该方法包括:FIG. 14 is another schematic diagram of the terminal device transfer method according to Embodiment 2 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 14, the method includes:
步骤1401:该第一宿主CU接收该第二宿主CU发送的接受与该第一IAB节点建立F1连接请求的指示;Step 1401: The first host CU receives an indication from the second host CU of accepting the request to establish an F1 connection with the first IAB node;
步骤1402:该第一宿主CU接收该第二宿主CU为该第一IAB节点配置的用于该第一IAB节点与该第二宿主CU建立F1连接的TNL地址;Step 1402: the first host CU receives the TNL address configured for the first IAB node by the second host CU for the first IAB node to establish an F1 connection with the second host CU;
步骤1403:该第一宿主CU向该第一IAB节点发送F1连接建立指示,该F1连接建立指示用于指示该第一IAB节点通过第二DU与该第二宿主CU建立F1连接,以便于将终端设备从该第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区转移到第二DU的第二小区;Step 1403: the first host CU sends an F1 connection establishment indication to the first IAB node, and the F1 connection establishment indication is used to instruct the first IAB node to establish an F1 connection with the second host CU through the second DU, so as to The terminal device is transferred from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU;
在该第一IAB节点通过第二DU与该第二宿主CU建立F1连接后,如图14所示,该方法还可以包括:After the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU through the second DU, as shown in FIG. 14 , the method may further include:
步骤1404:该第一宿主CU从该第二宿主CU接收该第二小区的第二PCI、第二下行频点以及第二NCGI中的至少一个;Step 1404: The first host CU receives at least one of the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point and the second NCGI of the second cell from the second host CU;
步骤1405:该第一宿主CU从该第二宿主CU接收该第一小区的第一NCGI和该第二小区的第二NCGI的对应关系。Step 1405: The first donor CU receives the correspondence between the first NCGI of the first cell and the second NCGI of the second cell from the second donor CU.
在步骤1405中,该第一宿主CU可以通过节点配置更新消息(Node Configure Update)从该第二宿主CU接收该第二小区的第二PCI、第二下行频点以及第二NCGI 中的至少一个。In step 1405, the first host CU may receive at least one of the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, and the second NCGI of the second cell from the second host CU through a node configuration update message (Node Configure Update) .
这样,第一宿主CU可以获知第一IAB节点与第二宿主CU已建立F1连接,从而触发针对终端设备的转移过程。In this way, the first host CU can learn that the first IAB node has established an F1 connection with the second host CU, thereby triggering a transfer process for the terminal device.
在本申请实施例中,如图14所示,在步骤1405之后,该方法还可以包括:In the embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 14, after step 1405, the method may further include:
步骤1406:该第一宿主CU向该第二宿主CU发送针对终端设备的Xn切换请求消息,其中,该Xn切换响应消息包含该第二小区的第二NCGI。Step 1406: the first donor CU sends an Xn handover request message for the terminal device to the second donor CU, wherein the Xn handover response message includes the second NCGI of the second cell.
也就是说,由于第一CU已经获得了第二小区的第二NCGI,因此该Xn切换响应消息里包含的是第二NCGI。That is to say, since the first CU has obtained the second NCGI of the second cell, the Xn handover response message contains the second NCGI.
在本申请实施例中,如图14所示,该方法还可以包括:In the embodiment of this application, as shown in Figure 14, the method may further include:
步骤1407:当该第一宿主CU发送完最后一个包含用于切换该终端设备的RRC重配置消息的下行F1AP消息时,或者,当该第一宿主CU收到该第二宿主CU发送的针对最后一个该终端设备的UE上下文释放指示消息时,该第一宿主CU发起与该第一IAB节点的第一DU之间的F1连接的释放。Step 1407: When the first host CU finishes sending the last downlink F1AP message containing the RRC reconfiguration message for switching the terminal device, or when the first host CU receives the last When there is a UE context release indication message of the terminal device, the first host CU initiates the release of the F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node.
在本申请实施例中,图12至图14的该方法还可以包括:该第一宿主CU将该第一小区的第一PCI、第一下行频点以及第一NCGI中的至少一个发送给该第二宿主CU。In this embodiment of the present application, the method shown in FIG. 12 to FIG. 14 may further include: the first host CU sending at least one of the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI of the first cell to the The second host CU.
例如,该第一宿主CU通过针对该第一IAB节点的Xn切换请求消息,或通过针对该终端设备的Xn切换请求消息将该第一小区的第一PCI、第一下行频点以及第一NCGI中的至少一个发送给该第二宿主CU。For example, the first owner CU sends the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first At least one of the NCGIs is sent to the second host CU.
在本申请实施例中,第一DU的第一小区和第二DU的第二小区可以共享相同的空口资源。In this embodiment of the present application, the first cell of the first DU and the second cell of the second DU may share the same air interface resources.
这样,使得在终端设备可以从与第一宿主CU连接的第一DU的第一小区转移到与第二宿主CU连接的第二DU的第二小区时,第一IAB节点可以不用为两个DU的小区同时准备两套不同的空口资源,提高了空口资源的使用效率。In this way, when the terminal device can transfer from the first cell of the first DU connected to the first parent CU to the second cell of the second DU connected to the second parent CU, the first IAB node does not need to be two DUs The cell prepares two different sets of air interface resources at the same time, which improves the efficiency of air interface resources.
图12至图14的该方法还可以包括:该第一宿主CU接收该第一IAB节点发送的空口资源共享指示,该空口资源共享指示用于指示该第一小区与该第二小区共享相同的空口资源。The method in FIGS. 12 to 14 may further include: the first host CU receiving an air interface resource sharing indication sent by the first IAB node, where the air interface resource sharing indication is used to indicate that the first cell and the second cell share the same air interface resources.
但是,在本申请实施例中,也可以是,在第一IAB节点从第一宿主CU迁移到第二宿主CU的情况下,第一DU的第一小区和第二DU的第二小区使用不同的空口资 源。本申请实施例不对此进行限制。However, in this embodiment of the application, it is also possible that when the first IAB node migrates from the first host CU to the second host CU, the first cell of the first DU and the second cell of the second DU use different air interface resources. This embodiment of the application does not limit this.
在本申请实施例中,当第一宿主CU收到该空口资源共享指示时,该方法还可以包括:该第一宿主CU向该第一IAB节点发送空口资源转换指示,其中,该空口资源转换指示用于指示该第一IAB节点将空口资源从广播与该第一小区相关的信号转换为广播与该第二小区相关的信号。In this embodiment of the present application, when the first host CU receives the air interface resource sharing instruction, the method may further include: the first host CU sends an air interface resource conversion instruction to the first IAB node, wherein the air interface resource conversion The indication is used to instruct the first IAB node to switch the air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell.
在本申请实施例中,在该第一宿主CU向该第一IAB节点发送空口资源转换指示之前,图12至图14的该方法还可以包括:In this embodiment of the present application, before the first host CU sends an air interface resource conversion indication to the first IAB node, the method in FIG. 12 to FIG. 14 may further include:
该第一宿主CU向该第一IAB节点发送系统信息变更请求,以触发该第一IAB节点向该终端设备发送系统信息变更指示。The first host CU sends a system information change request to the first IAB node, so as to trigger the first IAB node to send a system information change instruction to the terminal device.
例如,若第一小区的第一PCI、第一下行频点与第一小区的第一PCI、第一下行频点相同时,该第一宿主CU向该第一IAB节点发送系统信息变更请求。For example, if the first PCI and the first downlink frequency of the first cell are the same as the first PCI and the first downlink frequency of the first cell, the first host CU sends the system information change to the first IAB node ask.
在本申请实施例中,在该第一宿主CU向该第一IAB节点发送空口资源转换指示之前,该方法还可以包括:In this embodiment of the present application, before the first host CU sends an air interface resource conversion instruction to the first IAB node, the method may further include:
该第一宿主CU通过该第一DU向该第一IAB节点发送下行F1AP消息,其中该下行F1AP消息包含针对该终端设备的RRC重配置消息;The first host CU sends a downlink F1AP message to the first IAB node through the first DU, where the downlink F1AP message includes an RRC reconfiguration message for the terminal device;
其中,该RRC重配置消息用于将该终端设备从该第一小区转移到该第二小区;该RRC重配置消息中至少包含主密钥更新信息和用于该终端设备同步到该第二小区的同步重配置信息(ReconfigurationWithSync)。Wherein, the RRC reconfiguration message is used to transfer the terminal equipment from the first cell to the second cell; the RRC reconfiguration message at least includes master key update information and information for the terminal equipment to synchronize to the second cell Synchronous reconfiguration information (ReconfigurationWithSync).
另外,同步重配置信息可包含该第二小区的PCI和该第二小区的公共配置信息。例如,若第一小区和第二小区的PCI不同或者下行频点不同,同步重配置信息包含该第二小区的PCI和该第二小区的公共配置信息。In addition, the synchronous reconfiguration information may include the PCI of the second cell and the public configuration information of the second cell. For example, if the PCIs of the first cell and the second cell are different or the downlink frequencies are different, the synchronous reconfiguration information includes the PCI of the second cell and the public configuration information of the second cell.
其中,该RRC重配置消息为用于条件切换(CHO)的RRC重配置消息。例如,若第一小区和第二小区的PCI不同或者下行频点不同,该RRC重配置消息为用于条件切换(CHO)的RRC重配置消息;该RRC重配置消息还包含该终端设备切换到该第二小区的条件。Wherein, the RRC reconfiguration message is an RRC reconfiguration message for conditional handover (CHO). For example, if the PCIs of the first cell and the second cell are different or the downlink frequencies are different, the RRC reconfiguration message is an RRC reconfiguration message for conditional handover (CHO); the RRC reconfiguration message also includes the terminal equipment switched to The condition of the second cell.
其中,该空口资源转换指示由该第一宿主CU发送的最后一个该下行F1AP消息携带。例如,若第一小区和第二小区的PCI不同或者下行频点不同,该空口资源转换指示由该第一宿主CU发送的最后一个该下行F1AP消息携带。Wherein, the air interface resource conversion indication is carried in the last downlink F1AP message sent by the first host CU. For example, if the PCIs of the first cell and the second cell are different or the downlink frequencies are different, the air interface resource switching indication is carried in the last downlink F1AP message sent by the first donor CU.
由上述实施例可知,能够方便地将终端设备从第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一 小区转移到第二DU的第二小区,从而提供了一种第一IAB节点从第一宿主CU迁移到第二宿主CU时终端设备也从第一宿主CU转移到第二宿主CU的有效机制。It can be seen from the above-mentioned embodiment that the terminal device can be conveniently transferred from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU, thereby providing a method of migrating the first IAB node from the first host CU An effective mechanism for the terminal device to also transfer from the first host CU to the second host CU when reaching the second host CU.
实施例3Example 3
本申请实施例3提供一种终端设备的转移方法,从第二宿主CU侧进行说明。其对应于实施例1和实施例2的方法,相同之处不在重复说明。 Embodiment 3 of the present application provides a transfer method of a terminal device, which is described from the side of the second host CU. It corresponds to the methods of Example 1 and Example 2, and the same parts will not be described repeatedly.
本方法应用于第一IAB节点从第一CU迁移到第二宿主CU的情况。图15是本申请实施例3的终端设备的转移方法的一示意图,如图15所示,该方法包括:This method is applied to the situation where the first IAB node migrates from the first CU to the second host CU. FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device transfer method according to Embodiment 3 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 15, the method includes:
步骤1501:该第二宿主CU与该第一IAB节点的第二DU之间建立F1连接,以便于将终端设备从该第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区转移到第二DU的第二小区;该F1连接的建立由该第一IAB节点在收到该第一宿主CU发送的F1连接建立指示后发起;Step 1501: An F1 connection is established between the second parent CU and the second DU of the first IAB node, so as to transfer the terminal device from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second DU of the second DU. The second cell: the establishment of the F1 connection is initiated by the first IAB node after receiving the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first owner CU;
其中,该第二宿主CU与该第一IAB节点的第一DU已建立有F1连接。Wherein, the second host CU has established an F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node.
在本申请实施例中,如图15所示,在步骤1501之前,该方法还包括:In the embodiment of this application, as shown in Figure 15, before step 1501, the method further includes:
步骤1502:该第二宿主CU接收该第一宿主CU发送的第二宿主CU与该第一IAB节点建立F1连接的请求。Step 1502: the second host CU receives the request sent by the first host CU to establish an F1 connection between the second host CU and the first IAB node.
例如,该第二宿主CU通过针对该第一IAB节点的Xn切换请求消息接收该第一宿主CU发送的第二宿主CU与该第一IAB节点建立F1连接的请求。For example, the second host CU receives a request sent by the first host CU to establish an F1 connection between the second host CU and the first IAB node through an Xn switching request message directed to the first IAB node.
在本申请实施例中,如图15所示,在步骤1502之后,该方法还包括:In the embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 15, after step 1502, the method further includes:
步骤1503:该第二宿主CU向该第一宿主CU发送接受与该第一IAB节点建立F1连接请求的指示。Step 1503: the second host CU sends to the first host CU an indication of accepting the request for establishing an F1 connection with the first IAB node.
例如,该第二宿主CU通过针对该第一IAB节点的Xn切换响应消息向该第一宿主CU发送接受与该第一IAB节点建立F1连接请求的指示。For example, the second host CU sends to the first host CU an indication of accepting the request for establishing an F1 connection with the first IAB node through an Xn handover response message directed at the first IAB node.
在本申请实施例中,如图15所示,在步骤1501之前,该方法还包括:In the embodiment of this application, as shown in Figure 15, before step 1501, the method further includes:
步骤1504:该第二宿主CU向该第一宿主CU发送为该第一IAB节点配置的用于该第一IAB节点与该第二宿主CU建立F1连接的TNL地址。Step 1504: the second host CU sends to the first host CU the TNL address configured for the first IAB node for establishing an F1 connection between the first IAB node and the second host CU.
例如,该TNL地址包含于针对该第一IAB节点的Xn切换响应消息,或者,该用于该第一IAB节点与该第二宿主CU建立F1连接的TNL地址包含在由该Xn切换响应消息携带的针对该第一IAB节点的RRC重配置消息中。For example, the TNL address is included in the Xn handover response message for the first IAB node, or the TNL address for the first IAB node to establish an F1 connection with the second host CU is included in the Xn handover response message carried In the RRC reconfiguration message for the first IAB node.
例如,步骤1503和步骤1504可以合并执行。For example, step 1503 and step 1504 may be performed in combination.
这样,通过向该第一宿主CU发送接受与该第一IAB节点建立F1连接请求的指示以及为该第一IAB节点配置的用于该第一IAB节点与该第二宿主CU建立F1连接的TNL地址,使第一宿主可以向第一IAB节点发送F连接建立指示,从而使第一IAB节点与该第二宿主CU建立F1连接。In this way, by sending to the first host CU an indication of accepting the request to establish an F1 connection with the first IAB node and the TNL configured for the first IAB node for establishing an F1 connection between the first IAB node and the second host CU The address enables the first host to send an F connection establishment instruction to the first IAB node, so that the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU.
在本申请实施例中,如图15所示,在步骤1501之后,该方法还包括:In the embodiment of this application, as shown in Figure 15, after step 1501, the method further includes:
步骤1505:该第二宿主CU从该第一宿主CU接收针对终端设备的Xn切换请求消息,其中,该Xn切换响应消息包含该第二小区的第二NCGI或者该第一小区的第一NCGI。Step 1505: The second donor CU receives an Xn handover request message for the terminal device from the first host CU, wherein the Xn handover response message includes the second NCGI of the second cell or the first NCGI of the first cell.
例如,当第一宿主CU已知第一IAB节点的第二NCGI时,该Xn切换响应消息包含该第二小区的第二NCGI,否则,该Xn切换响应消息包含该第一小区的第一NCGI。For example, when the first donor CU knows the second NCGI of the first IAB node, the Xn handover response message includes the second NCGI of the second cell, otherwise, the Xn handover response message includes the first NCGI of the first cell .
图16是本申请实施例3的终端设备的转移方法的另一示意图,如图16所示,该方法包括:FIG. 16 is another schematic diagram of the terminal device transfer method according to Embodiment 3 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 16, the method includes:
步骤1601:该第二宿主CU接收该第一宿主CU发送的第二宿主CU与该第一IAB节点建立F1连接的请求;Step 1601: The second host CU receives a request from the first host CU to establish an F1 connection between the second host CU and the first IAB node;
步骤1602:该第二宿主CU向该第一宿主CU发送接受与该第一IAB节点建立F1连接请求的指示;Step 1602: the second host CU sends to the first host CU an indication of accepting the request to establish an F1 connection with the first IAB node;
步骤1603:该第二宿主CU向该第一宿主CU发送为该第一IAB节点配置的用于该第一IAB节点与该第二宿主CU建立F1连接的TNL地址;Step 1603: the second host CU sends to the first host CU the TNL address configured for the first IAB node for establishing an F1 connection between the first IAB node and the second host CU;
步骤1604:该第二宿主CU与该第一IAB节点的第二DU之间建立F1连接,以便于将终端设备从该第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区转移到第二DU的第二小区;该F1连接的建立由该第一IAB节点在收到该第一宿主CU发送的F1连接建立指示后发起;Step 1604: An F1 connection is established between the second parent CU and the second DU of the first IAB node, so as to transfer the terminal device from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second DU of the second DU. The second cell: the establishment of the F1 connection is initiated by the first IAB node after receiving the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first owner CU;
其中,该第二宿主CU与该第一IAB节点的第一DU已建立有F1连接。Wherein, the second host CU has established an F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node.
在本申请实施例中,如图16所示,在步骤1604之后,该方法还包括:In the embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 16, after step 1604, the method further includes:
步骤1605:该第二宿主CU向该第一宿主CU发送该第二小区的第二PCI、第二下行频点以及第二NCGI中的至少一个;Step 1605: the second host CU sends at least one of the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point and the second NCGI of the second cell to the first host CU;
步骤1606:该第二宿主CU向该第一宿主CU发送该第一小区的NCGI与该第二小区的NCGI的对应关系。Step 1606: the second donor CU sends the correspondence between the NCGI of the first cell and the NCGI of the second cell to the first donor CU.
步骤1607:该第二宿主CU从该第一宿主CU接收针对终端设备的Xn切换请求 消息,其中,该Xn切换请求消息包含该第二小区的第二NCGI。Step 1607: The second donor CU receives an Xn handover request message for the terminal device from the first donor CU, where the Xn handover request message includes the second NCGI of the second cell.
在步骤1605中,例如,该第二宿主CU通过节点配置更新消息(Node Configure Update)向该第一宿主CU发送该第二小区的第二PCI、第二下行频点以及第二NCGI中的至少一个。In step 1605, for example, the second host CU sends at least the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, and the second NCGI of the second cell to the first host CU through a node configuration update message (Node Configure Update). one.
在本申请实施例中,在图15和图16的方法中,该方法还可包括:In the embodiment of the present application, in the method shown in Figure 15 and Figure 16, the method may further include:
该第二宿主CU从该第一宿主CU接收该第一小区的第一PCI、第一下行频点以及第一NCGI中的至少一个。The second donor CU receives at least one of the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point and the first NCGI of the first cell from the first donor CU.
例如,该第二宿主CU通过针对该第一IAB节点的Xn切换请求消息,或通过针对该终端设备的Xn切换请求消息,从该第一宿主CU接收该第一小区的第一PCI、第一下行频点以及第一NCGI中的至少一个。For example, the second host CU receives the first PCI of the first cell, the first At least one of the downlink frequency point and the first NCGI.
在本申请实施例中,在该第二宿主CU与该第一IAB节点的第二DU之间建立F1连接时,该第二宿主CU通过F1建立请求消息接收该第一IAB节点发送的该第一小区的第一PCI、第一下行频点以及第一NCGI中的至少一个。In this embodiment of the present application, when establishing an F1 connection between the second host CU and the second DU of the first IAB node, the second host CU receives the first IAB node sent by the first IAB node through an F1 establishment request message. At least one of the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI of a cell.
例如,该F1建立请求消息还包含:该第一小区的第一NCGI和该第二小区的第二NCGI的对应关系。For example, the F1 establishment request message further includes: a correspondence between the first NCGI of the first cell and the second NCGI of the second cell.
这样,第二宿主CU通过第一宿主CU或通过第一IAB节点可以获得第一IAB节点的第一小区的第一NCGI,当第一宿主CU发送的针对终端设备的Xn切换请求中包含第一NCGI的情况下,第一宿主CU可知道该终端设备转移的目标小区为该第一IAB节点的第二小区。In this way, the second host CU can obtain the first NCGI of the first cell of the first IAB node through the first host CU or the first IAB node. In the case of NCGI, the first host CU may know that the target cell for transfer of the terminal device is the second cell of the first IAB node.
在本申请实施例中,该第一小区与该第二小区可以共享相同的空口资源。若第一小区和第二小区的PCI不同或者下行频点不同,在第一IAB节点将空口资源从广播与该第一小区相关的信号转换为广播与该第二小区相关的信号之后,第一IAB节点不需要为转移到第二小区的终端设备分配新的C-RNTI。该终端设备在该第二小区中的C-RNTI与该终端设备在该第一小区中的C-RNTI相同。此外,终端设备在第二DU下的UE上下文可以完全继承自该终端设备在第一DU下的上下文,包括终端设备在第一IAB节点中的唯一标识gNB-DU UE F1AP ID。In this embodiment of the present application, the first cell and the second cell may share the same air interface resource. If the PCIs of the first cell and the second cell are different or the downlink frequencies are different, after the first IAB node converts the air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell, the first The IAB node does not need to allocate a new C-RNTI for the terminal equipment transferred to the second cell. The C-RNTI of the terminal device in the second cell is the same as the C-RNTI of the terminal device in the first cell. In addition, the UE context of the terminal device under the second DU can be completely inherited from the context of the terminal device under the first DU, including the unique identifier gNB-DU UE F1AP ID of the terminal device in the first IAB node.
由此,当该第二宿主CU从该第一宿主CU接收针对终端设备的Xn切换请求时,若第二宿主CU通过以上步骤已获得了第一IAB节点的第一小区的第一PCI和下行频点,该第二宿主CU可以确定该第一小区的PCI或下行频点不同于该第二小区,从 而不请求该IAB节点的第二DU建立终端设备的上下文建。Therefore, when the second benefactor CU receives the Xn handover request for the terminal device from the first benefactor CU, if the second benefactor CU has obtained the first PCI and downlink Frequency, the second host CU may determine that the PCI or downlink frequency of the first cell is different from that of the second cell, so as not to request the second DU of the IAB node to establish the context of the terminal device.
例如,该方法还包括:该第二宿主CU确定该第一小区的PCI或下行频点不同于该第二小区,该第二宿主CU不向该IAB节点的第二DU发送针对该终端设备的UE上下文建立请求。For example, the method further includes: the second donor CU determines that the PCI or downlink frequency of the first cell is different from that of the second cell, and the second donor CU does not send the second DU for the terminal device to the second DU of the IAB node. UE context establishment request.
由上述实施例可知,能够方便地将终端设备从第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区转移到第二DU的第二小区,从而提供了一种第一IAB节点从第一宿主CU迁移到第二宿主CU时终端设备也从第一宿主CU转移到第二宿主CU的有效机制。It can be seen from the above-mentioned embodiment that the terminal device can be conveniently transferred from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU, thereby providing a method for migrating the first IAB node from the first host CU An effective mechanism for the terminal device to also transfer from the first host CU to the second host CU when reaching the second host CU.
实施例4Example 4
本申请实施例4提供一种终端设备的转移方法,从第一IAB节点侧、第一宿主CU侧、第二宿主CU侧以及终端设备侧进行说明。其对应于实施例1、实施例2和实施例3的方法,相同之处不在重复说明。 Embodiment 4 of the present application provides a transfer method of a terminal device, which is described from the side of the first IAB node, the side of the first host CU, the side of the second host CU, and the side of the terminal device. It corresponds to the methods of Example 1, Example 2 and Example 3, and the same parts will not be described repeatedly.
本方法应用于第一IAB节点从第一CU迁移到第二宿主CU的情况。图17是本申请实施例4的终端设备的转移方法的一示意图,如图17所示,该方法包括:This method is applied to the situation where the first IAB node migrates from the first CU to the second host CU. FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device transfer method according to Embodiment 4 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 17, the method includes:
步骤1701:第一宿主CU向第二宿主CU发送第二宿主CU与第一IAB节点建立F1连接的请求;Step 1701: the first host CU sends a request to the second host CU to establish an F1 connection between the second host CU and the first IAB node;
步骤1702:第二宿主CU向第一宿主CU发送接受与该第一IAB节点建立F1连接请求的指示;Step 1702: the second host CU sends to the first host CU an indication of accepting the request to establish an F1 connection with the first IAB node;
步骤1703:第二宿主CU向该第一宿主CU发送为第一IAB节点配置的用于该第一IAB节点与该第二宿主CU建立F1连接的TNL地址;Step 1703: the second host CU sends to the first host CU the TNL address configured for the first IAB node for establishing an F1 connection between the first IAB node and the second host CU;
步骤1704:第一宿主CU向第一IAB节点发送F1连接建立指示;Step 1704: the first host CU sends an F1 connection establishment instruction to the first IAB node;
步骤1705:第一IAB节点的第二DU发起与第二宿主CU的F1连接的建立;Step 1705: the second DU of the first IAB node initiates the establishment of the F1 connection with the second host CU;
步骤1706:第一IAB节点的第二DU与第二宿主CU建立F1连接。Step 1706: the second DU of the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU.
以下结合具体的应用场景进行说明。The following describes specific application scenarios.
场景一、第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区和第二DU的第二小区共享同一套空口资源,并使用不同的PCI或不同的下行频点(ARFCN-DL): Scenario 1. The first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node and the second cell of the second DU share the same set of air interface resources, and use different PCIs or different downlink frequencies (ARFCN-DL):
图18是本申请实施例4的应用于场景一的终端设备的转移方法的一示意图,如图18所示,该方法包括:FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device transfer method applied to scenario 1 according to Embodiment 4 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 18 , the method includes:
IAB-DU的IAB-MT切换和F1连接的迁移,其中,第一IAB节点的MT切换到第二宿主CU,第一IAB节点的DU与第一宿主CU的F1连接的传输路径迁移到第 二宿主侧;IAB-MT switching of IAB-DU and migration of F1 connection, wherein, the MT of the first IAB node is switched to the second host CU, and the transmission path of the DU of the first IAB node and the F1 connection of the first host CU is migrated to the second host CU. host side;
第一IAB节点的第二DU与第二宿主CU建立F1连接;The second DU of the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU;
第一IAB节点通过F1建立信息(F1 Setup Information)消息将第二PCI、第二下行频点、第二NCGI和第一PCI、第一下行频点、第一NCGI发送给第一宿主CU;The first IAB node sends the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, the second NCGI and the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI to the first host CU through the F1 Setup Information message;
第一宿主CU向第二宿主CU发送针对终端设备的Xn切换请求消息,指示终端设备的目标小区是第二NCGI,还包含第二PCI、第二下行频点以及第一PCI、第二下行频点以及第二NCGI;The first host CU sends an Xn handover request message for the terminal device to the second host CU, indicating that the target cell of the terminal device is the second NCGI, and also includes the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, the first PCI, the second downlink frequency point and the second NCGI;
第二宿主CU通过Xn切换请求确定第一IAB节点的PCI或下行频点发生了变化,不向第一IAB节点发送UE上下文建立请求;The second host CU determines that the PCI or downlink frequency of the first IAB node has changed through the Xn switching request, and does not send a UE context establishment request to the first IAB node;
第二宿主CU向第一宿主CU发送Xn切换响应消息,其中携带第二宿主CU生成的RRC重配置消息,RRC重配置消息包含第二PCI、第二NCGI相关的密钥信息(MasterKeyUpdate)和T304。如果给终端设备配置条件切换,RRC重配置消息中还包含触发到第二小区的转移时第二小区的测量结果需满足的条件;The second host CU sends an Xn handover response message to the first host CU, which carries the RRC reconfiguration message generated by the second host CU, and the RRC reconfiguration message includes the second PCI, the second NCGI-related key information (MasterKeyUpdate) and T304 . If conditional handover is configured for the terminal device, the RRC reconfiguration message also includes the conditions that the measurement results of the second cell need to meet when triggering the transfer to the second cell;
第一宿主CU通过DL F1AP向第一IAB节点转发RRC重配置消息;The first host CU forwards the RRC reconfiguration message to the first IAB node through the DL F1AP;
第一宿主CU通过F1建立信息消息确定第一IAB节点的PCI或下行频点发生了变化,当第一宿主CU发送完所有终端设备的RRC重配置消息时,向第一IAB节点发送空口资源转换指示,触发第一IAB节点开始发送第二小区的空口信号,另外,使终端设备在第二宿主CU的F1连接下的上下文继承终端设备在第一宿主CU的F1连接下的UE上下文;The first host CU determines that the PCI or downlink frequency of the first IAB node has changed through the F1 establishment information message, and when the first host CU sends the RRC reconfiguration message of all terminal devices, it sends an air interface resource switch to the first IAB node Instructing, triggering the first IAB node to start sending the air interface signal of the second cell, and in addition, enabling the context of the terminal device under the F1 connection of the second parent CU to inherit the UE context of the terminal device under the F1 connection of the first parent CU;
终端设备执行RRC重配置,向第一IAB节点发起随机接入;或者,当第二PCI小区信号的L3filter测量结果满足触发到第二PCI小区的转移需满足的条件时,终端设备执行RRC重配置,向第一IAB节点发起随机接入,并发送RRC重配置完成消息;The terminal device performs RRC reconfiguration, and initiates random access to the first IAB node; or, when the L3filter measurement result of the signal of the second PCI cell meets the conditions required to trigger the transfer to the second PCI cell, the terminal device performs RRC reconfiguration , initiate random access to the first IAB node, and send an RRC reconfiguration complete message;
第一IAB节点通过与第二宿主CU的F1连接(UL F1AP)转发RRC重配置完成消息;The first IAB node forwards the RRC reconfiguration complete message through the F1 connection (UL F1AP) with the second host CU;
收到空口资源转换指示后,第一IAB节点发起与第一宿主CU的F1连接释放。After receiving the air interface resource switching instruction, the first IAB node initiates the release of the F1 connection with the first host CU.
图19是本申请实施例4的应用于场景一的终端设备的转移方法的另一示意图,如图19所示,该方法包括:FIG. 19 is another schematic diagram of a terminal device transfer method applied to scenario 1 according to Embodiment 4 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 19 , the method includes:
IAB-DU的IAB-MT切换和F1连接的迁移,其中,第一IAB节点的MT切换到 第二宿主CU,迁移第一IAB节点的DU与第一宿主CU的F1连接的传输路径迁移到第二宿主侧;The IAB-MT switching of IAB-DU and the migration of F1 connection, wherein, the MT of the first IAB node is switched to the second host CU, and the transmission path of the DU of the first IAB node and the F1 connection of the first host CU is migrated to the second host CU. Second host side;
第一IAB节点的第二DU与第二宿主CU建立F1连接,其中,第一IAB节点发送的F1 Setup Req st消息包含第二PCI、第二下行频点、第二NCGI和第一PCI、第一下行频点、第一NCGI;The second DU of the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU, wherein the F1 Setup Req st message sent by the first IAB node includes the second PCI, the second downlink frequency, the second NCGI, the first PCI, the second Downlink frequency, No. 1 NCGI;
第二宿主CU向第一宿主CU发送节点配置更新消息,其中携带第二PCI、第二下行频点、第二NCGI和第一PCI、第一下行频点、第一NCGI。The second host CU sends a node configuration update message to the first host CU, which carries the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, the second NCGI and the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI.
第一宿主CU向第二宿主CU发送针对终端设备的Xn切换请求消息,指示终端设备的目标小区是第二NCGI,还包含第二PCI、第二下行频点以及第一PCI、第一下行频点、第一NCGI。The first host CU sends an Xn handover request message for the terminal device to the second host CU, indicating that the target cell of the terminal device is the second NCGI, and also includes the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, the first PCI, the first downlink Frequency point, the first NCGI.
第二宿主CU通过Xn切换请求确定第一IAB节点的PCI或下行频点发生变化,不向第一IAB节点发送终端设备上下文建立请求。The second host CU determines that the PCI or downlink frequency of the first IAB node changes through the Xn switching request, and does not send a terminal device context establishment request to the first IAB node.
第二宿主CU向第一宿主CU发送Xn切换响应消息,其中携带第二宿主CU生成的RRC重配置消息,RRC重配置消息包含第二PCI、第二NCGI相关的密钥信息(MasterKeyUpdate)和T304。如果给终端设备配置条件切换,RRC重配置消息中还包含触发到第二PCI小区的转移时,第二PCI小区的测量结果需满足的条件。The second host CU sends an Xn handover response message to the first host CU, which carries the RRC reconfiguration message generated by the second host CU, and the RRC reconfiguration message includes the second PCI, the second NCGI-related key information (MasterKeyUpdate) and T304 . If conditional handover is configured for the terminal device, the RRC reconfiguration message also includes a condition that the measurement result of the second PCI cell needs to meet when the transfer to the second PCI cell is triggered.
第一宿主CU通过F1连接向第一IAB节点转发RRC重配置消息。The first host CU forwards the RRC reconfiguration message to the first IAB node through the F1 connection.
第一宿主CU通过F1建立信息消息确定了第一IAB节点的PCI和下行频点发生变化,当第一宿主CU发送完所有终端设备的RRC重配置消息时,向第一IAB节点发送空口资源转换指示,触发第一IAB节点开始发送第二小区的空口信号,另外,使第一IAB节点与第二宿主CU的F1连接继承终端设备在第一宿主CU的F1连接下的终端设备上下文。The first host CU determines that the PCI and downlink frequency of the first IAB node have changed through the F1 establishment information message. When the first host CU sends the RRC reconfiguration message of all terminal devices, it sends an air interface resource switch to the first IAB node. The instruction triggers the first IAB node to start sending the air interface signal of the second cell, and also makes the F1 connection between the first IAB node and the second host CU inherit the terminal device context of the terminal device under the F1 connection of the first host CU.
终端设备执行RRC重配置,向第一IAB节点发起随机接入;或者,当第二PCI小区信号的L3filter测量结果满足触发到第二PCI小区的转移需满足的条件时,终端设备执行RRC重配置,向第一IAB节点发起随机接入,并发送RRC重配置完成消息;The terminal device performs RRC reconfiguration, and initiates random access to the first IAB node; or, when the L3filter measurement result of the signal of the second PCI cell meets the conditions required to trigger the transfer to the second PCI cell, the terminal device performs RRC reconfiguration , initiate random access to the first IAB node, and send an RRC reconfiguration complete message;
第一IAB节点通过与第二宿主CU的F1连接(UL F1AP)转发RRC重配置完成消息。The first IAB node forwards the RRC reconfiguration complete message through the F1 connection (UL F1AP) with the second owner CU.
收到空口资源转换指示后,第一IAB节点发起与第一宿主CU的F1连接释放。After receiving the air interface resource switching instruction, the first IAB node initiates the release of the F1 connection with the first host CU.
场景二、第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区和第二DU的第二小区共享同一套空口资源,并使用相同的PCI或相同的下行频点(ARFCN-DL):Scenario 2: The first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node and the second cell of the second DU share the same set of air interface resources, and use the same PCI or the same downlink frequency point (ARFCN-DL):
图20是本申请实施例4的应用于场景二的终端设备的转移方法的一示意图,如图20所示,该方法包括:FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device transfer method applied to scenario 2 according to Embodiment 4 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 20 , the method includes:
IAB-DU的IAB-MT切换和F1连接的迁移,其中,第一IAB节点的MT切换到第二宿主CU,迁移第一IAB节点的DU与第一宿主CU的F1连接的传输路径迁移到第二宿主侧;The IAB-MT switching of IAB-DU and the migration of F1 connection, wherein, the MT of the first IAB node is switched to the second host CU, and the transmission path of the DU of the first IAB node and the F1 connection of the first host CU is migrated to the second host CU. Second host side;
第一IAB节点的第二DU与第二宿主CU建立F1连接;The second DU of the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU;
第一IAB节点通过F1建立信息消息将第二PCI、第二下行频点、第二NCGI和第一PCI、第一下行频点、第一NCGI发送给第一宿主CU;The first IAB node sends the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, the second NCGI and the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI to the first host CU through the F1 establishment information message;
第一宿主CU确定第一IAB节点的PCI和下行频点没有变化,向第一IAB节点发送系统信息变更请求;The first host CU determines that the PCI and downlink frequency of the first IAB node have not changed, and sends a system information change request to the first IAB node;
第一IAB节点向终端设备发送系统信息变更指示,触发终端设备去接收变更的系统信息;或者,向active BWP不包含公共搜索空间的终端设备发送专用的RRC重配置消息配置更新的系统信息;The first IAB node sends a system information change instruction to the terminal device, triggering the terminal device to receive the changed system information; or, sending a dedicated RRC reconfiguration message to configure updated system information to the terminal device whose active BWP does not include a public search space;
第一宿主CU向第二宿主CU发送针对终端设备的Xn切换请求消息,指示终端设备的目标小区是第二NCGI,还包含第二PCI、第二下行频点以及第一PCI、第一下行频点、第一NCGI。在本申请实施例中,不限定上述两个步骤,即第一IAB节点向终端设备发送系统信息变更指示和第一宿主CU向第二宿主CU发送针对终端设备的切换请求的先后顺序;The first host CU sends an Xn handover request message for the terminal device to the second host CU, indicating that the target cell of the terminal device is the second NCGI, and also includes the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, the first PCI, the first downlink Frequency point, the first NCGI. In this embodiment of the present application, the above two steps are not limited, that is, the order in which the first IAB node sends a system information change instruction to the terminal device and the first host CU sends a switching request for the terminal device to the second host CU;
第二宿主CU通过Xn切换请求确定第一IAB节点的PCI和下行频点没有变化,向第一IAB节点发送终端设备上下文建立请求;The second host CU determines that the PCI and downlink frequency of the first IAB node have not changed through the Xn switching request, and sends a terminal device context establishment request to the first IAB node;
第一IAB节点为终端设备分配新C-RNTI和新gNB-DU终端设备F1AP ID,将终端设备跟第二宿主CU与第一IAB节点之间的F1信令连接绑定。第一IAB节点向第二宿主CU发送终端设备上下文建立响应,携带新C-RNTI和新gNB-DU终端设备F1AP ID;The first IAB node allocates a new C-RNTI and a new gNB-DU terminal device F1AP ID for the terminal device, and binds the terminal device with the F1 signaling connection between the second host CU and the first IAB node. The first IAB node sends a terminal device context establishment response to the second host CU, carrying the new C-RNTI and the new gNB-DU terminal device F1AP ID;
第二宿主CU向第一宿主CU发送Xn切换响应消息,其中携带第二宿主CU生成的RRC重配置消息,RRC重配置消息包含第二NCGI相关的密钥信息(MasterKeyUpdate)和新C-RNTI;The second host CU sends an Xn handover response message to the first host CU, which carries the RRC reconfiguration message generated by the second host CU, and the RRC reconfiguration message includes the key information (MasterKeyUpdate) related to the second NCGI and the new C-RNTI;
第一宿主CU通过F1连接向第一IAB节点转发RRC重配置消息;The first host CU forwards the RRC reconfiguration message to the first IAB node through the F1 connection;
终端设备使用新C-RNTI和新密钥向第一IAB节点发RRC重配置完成消息,第一IAB节点通过新C-RNTI确定新gNB-DU终端设备F1AP ID并通过与第二宿主CU的F1连接转发RRC重配置完成消息;The terminal device uses the new C-RNTI and new key to send an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the first IAB node. The first IAB node determines the new gNB-DU terminal device F1AP ID through the new C-RNTI and communicates with the F1AP ID of the second host CU. The connection forwards the RRC reconfiguration complete message;
第二宿主CU向原Donor发终端设备上下文释放请求;The second host CU sends a terminal device context release request to the original Donor;
收到所有终端设备的上下文释放请求时,或者,发送完所有终端设备的RRC重配置消息后,第一宿主CU发起与第一IAB节点的F1连接释放。When receiving context release requests from all terminal devices, or after sending RRC reconfiguration messages from all terminal devices, the first host CU initiates the release of the F1 connection with the first IAB node.
图21是本申请实施例4的应用于场景二的终端设备的转移方法的另一示意图,如图21所示,该方法包括:FIG. 21 is another schematic diagram of the terminal device transfer method applied to scenario 2 according to Embodiment 4 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 21 , the method includes:
IAB-DU的IAB-MT切换和F1连接的迁移,其中,第一IAB节点的MT切换到第二宿主CU,迁移第一IAB节点的DU与第一宿主CU的F1连接的传输路径迁移到第二宿主侧;The IAB-MT switching of IAB-DU and the migration of F1 connection, wherein, the MT of the first IAB node is switched to the second host CU, and the transmission path of the DU of the first IAB node and the F1 connection of the first host CU is migrated to the second host CU. Second host side;
第一IAB节点的第二DU与第二宿主CU建立F1连接,其中,第一IAB节点发送的F1 Setup Reqst消息包含第二PCI、第二下行频点、第二NCGI和第一PCI、第一下行频点、第一NCGI;The second DU of the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU, wherein the F1 Setup Reqst message sent by the first IAB node includes the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, the second NCGI and the first PCI, the first Downlink frequency point, the first NCGI;
第二宿主CU向第一宿主CU发送节点配置更新消息,其中携带第二PCI、第二下行频点、第二NCGI和第一PCI、第一下行频点、第一NCGI;The second host CU sends a node configuration update message to the first host CU, which carries the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, the second NCGI and the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI;
第一宿主CU确定第一IAB节点的PCI和下行频点没有变化,向第一IAB节点发送系统信息变更请求;The first host CU determines that the PCI and downlink frequency of the first IAB node have not changed, and sends a system information change request to the first IAB node;
第一IAB节点向终端设备发送系统信息变更指示,触发终端设备去接收变更的系统信息;或者,向active BWP不包含公共搜索空间的终端设备发送专用的RRC重配置消息配置更新的系统信息;The first IAB node sends a system information change instruction to the terminal device, triggering the terminal device to receive the changed system information; or, sending a dedicated RRC reconfiguration message to configure updated system information to the terminal device whose active BWP does not include a common search space;
第一宿主CU通过节点配置更新消息的指示确定终端设备的目标小区,向第二宿主CU发送针对终端设备的Xn切换请求消息,指示终端设备的目标小区是第二NCGI。在本申请实施例中,不限定上述两个步骤,即第一IAB节点向终端设备发送系统信息变更指示和第一宿主CU向第二宿主CU发送针对终端设备的切换请求的先后顺序;The first donor CU determines the target cell of the terminal device through the indication of the node configuration update message, and sends an Xn handover request message for the terminal device to the second donor CU, indicating that the target cell of the terminal device is the second NCGI. In this embodiment of the present application, the above two steps are not limited, that is, the order in which the first IAB node sends a system information change instruction to the terminal device and the first host CU sends a switching request for the terminal device to the second host CU;
第二宿主CU通过Xn切换请求消息确定了第一IAB节点的PCI和下行频点没有变化,向第一IAB节点发送终端设备上下文建立请求;The second host CU determines that the PCI and downlink frequency of the first IAB node have not changed through the Xn switching request message, and sends a terminal device context establishment request to the first IAB node;
第一IAB节点为终端设备分配新C-RNTI和新gNB-DU终端设备F1AP ID,将 终端设备跟第二宿主CU与第一IAB节点之间的F1信令连接绑定。第一IAB节点向第二宿主CU发送终端设备上下文建立响应,携带新C-RNTI和新gNB-DU终端设备F1AP ID;The first IAB node allocates a new C-RNTI and a new gNB-DU terminal device F1AP ID for the terminal device, and binds the terminal device with the F1 signaling connection between the second host CU and the first IAB node. The first IAB node sends a terminal device context establishment response to the second host CU, carrying the new C-RNTI and the new gNB-DU terminal device F1AP ID;
第二宿主CU向第一宿主CU发送Xn切换响应消息,其中携带第二宿主CU生成的RRC重配置消息,RRC重配置消息包含第二NCGI相关的密钥信息(MasterKeyUpdate)和新C-RNTI;The second host CU sends an Xn handover response message to the first host CU, which carries the RRC reconfiguration message generated by the second host CU, and the RRC reconfiguration message includes the key information (MasterKeyUpdate) related to the second NCGI and the new C-RNTI;
第一宿主CU通过F1连接向第一IAB节点转发RRC重配置消息;The first host CU forwards the RRC reconfiguration message to the first IAB node through the F1 connection;
终端设备使用新C-RNTI和新密钥向第一IAB节点发RRC重配置完成消息,第一IAB节点通过新C-RNTI确定新gNB-DU终端设备F1AP ID并通过与第二宿主CU的F1连接转发RRC重配置完成消息;The terminal device uses the new C-RNTI and new key to send an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the first IAB node. The first IAB node determines the new gNB-DU terminal device F1AP ID through the new C-RNTI and communicates with the F1AP ID of the second host CU. The connection forwards the RRC reconfiguration complete message;
第二宿主CU向原Donor发终端设备上下文释放请求;The second host CU sends a terminal device context release request to the original Donor;
收到所有终端设备的上下文释放请求时,或者,发送完所有终端设备的RRC重配置消息后,第一宿主CU发起与第一IAB节点的F1连接释放。When receiving context release requests from all terminal devices, or after sending RRC reconfiguration messages from all terminal devices, the first host CU initiates the release of the F1 connection with the first IAB node.
由上述实施例可知,能够方便地将终端设备从第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区转移到第二DU的第二小区,从而提供了一种第一IAB节点从第一宿主CU迁移到第二宿主CU时终端设备也从第一宿主CU转移到第二宿主CU的有效机制。It can be seen from the above-mentioned embodiment that the terminal device can be conveniently transferred from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU, thereby providing a method of migrating the first IAB node from the first host CU An effective mechanism for the terminal device to also transfer from the first host CU to the second host CU when reaching the second host CU.
实施例5Example 5
本申请实施例提供一种终端设备的转移装置,该装置设置在第一IAB节点中,其中,第一IAB节点从第一宿主分布单元(CU)迁移到第二宿主CU。该装置对应于实施例1所述的方法,相同的内容不再重复说明。An embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus for migrating a terminal device. The apparatus is set in a first IAB node, wherein the first IAB node is migrated from a first host distribution unit (CU) to a second host CU. The device corresponds to the method described in Example 1, and the same content will not be described repeatedly.
图22是本申请实施例5的终端设备的转移装置的一示意图。如图22所示,装置2200包括:FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of a transfer device of a terminal device according to Embodiment 5 of the present application. As shown in Figure 22, the device 2200 includes:
第一建立单元2201,其在收到该第一宿主CU发送的F1连接建立指示后,使第二分布单元(DU)发起与该第二宿主CU的F1连接的建立,以便于将终端设备从该第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区转移到第二DU的第二小区;The first establishment unit 2201, after receiving the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first host CU, enables the second distribution unit (DU) to initiate the establishment of the F1 connection with the second host CU, so as to transfer the terminal device from the The first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node is transferred to the second cell of the second DU;
其中,该第一DU已与该第一宿主CU建立有F1连接。Wherein, the first DU has established an F1 connection with the first host CU.
在本申请实施例中,In the embodiment of this application,
该F1连接建立指示由该第一宿主CU通过RRC重配置消息或F1AP消息发送给该第一IAB节点。The F1 connection establishment instruction is sent by the first owner CU to the first IAB node through an RRC reconfiguration message or an F1AP message.
例如,该装置还包括:For example, the device also includes:
第一发送单元,其在该第二DU与该第二宿主CU建立F1连接之后,将该第二小区的第二PCI、第二下行频点以及第二NCGI中的至少一个,发送给该第一宿主CU。The first sending unit, after the second DU establishes an F1 connection with the second donor CU, sends at least one of the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, and the second NCGI of the second cell to the second CU A host CU.
例如,该装置还包括:For example, the device also includes:
第二发送单元,其在该第二DU与该第二宿主CU建立F1连接之后,该第一IAB节点将该第一小区的NCGI与第二小区的第二NCGI的对应关系发送给该第一宿主CU。The second sending unit, after the second DU establishes an F1 connection with the second parent CU, the first IAB node sends the correspondence between the NCGI of the first cell and the second NCGI of the second cell to the first Host CU.
例如,该装置还包括:For example, the device also includes:
第三发送单元,其在该第二DU与该第二宿主CU建立F1连接时,通过F1建立请求消息将该第一小区的第一PCI、第一下行频点以及第一NCGI中的至少一个,发送给该第二宿主CU。The third sending unit, when the second DU establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU, sends at least one of the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI of the first cell through an F1 establishment request message One, sent to the second host CU.
在本申请实施例中,该F1建立请求消息还包含:In this embodiment of the application, the F1 establishment request message also includes:
该第一小区的第一NCGI和该第二小区的第二NCGI的对应关系。The corresponding relationship between the first NCGI of the first cell and the second NCGI of the second cell.
在本申请实施例中,该第一IAB节点为该第一DU的第一小区和该第二DU的第二小区共享相同的空口资源。In this embodiment of the present application, the first IAB node shares the same air interface resources for the first cell of the first DU and the second cell of the second DU.
例如,该装置还包括:For example, the device also includes:
第一接收单元,其从该第一宿主CU接收空口资源转换指示;a first receiving unit, which receives an air interface resource conversion instruction from the first host CU;
第一转换单元,其将空口资源从广播与该第一小区相关的信号转换为广播与该第二小区相关的信号。A first conversion unit, which converts air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell.
例如,该装置还包括:For example, the device also includes:
第二接收单元,其在该第一IAB节点的空口资源从广播与该第一小区相关的信号转换为广播与该第二小区相关的信号之前,从该第一宿主CU接收系统信息变更请求,并向该终端设备发送系统信息变更指示,以触发该终端设备接收该第二小区相关的系统信息。a second receiving unit, which receives a system information change request from the first host CU before the air interface resource of the first IAB node switches from broadcasting a signal related to the first cell to broadcasting a signal related to the second cell, And send a system information change indication to the terminal device, so as to trigger the terminal device to receive the system information related to the second cell.
例如,该装置还包括:For example, the device also includes:
第三接收单元,其在该第一转换单元将空口资源从广播与该第一小区相关的信号转换为广播与该第二小区相关的信号之前,通过该第一DU接收该第一宿主CU发送的下行F1AP消息,其中该下行F1AP消息包含针对该终端设备的RRC重配置消息;A third receiving unit, before the first conversion unit converts air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell, receiving the transmission of the first host CU through the first DU A downlink F1AP message, wherein the downlink F1AP message includes an RRC reconfiguration message for the terminal device;
第四发送单元,其将该RRC重配置消息发送给该终端设备;a fourth sending unit, which sends the RRC reconfiguration message to the terminal device;
其中,该RRC重配置消息用于将该终端设备从该第一小区转移到该第二小区;该RRC重配置消息中至少包含主密钥更新信息和用于该终端设备同步到该第二小区的同步重配置信息(ReconfigurationWithSync)。Wherein, the RRC reconfiguration message is used to transfer the terminal equipment from the first cell to the second cell; the RRC reconfiguration message at least includes master key update information and information for the terminal equipment to synchronize to the second cell Synchronous reconfiguration information (ReconfigurationWithSync).
例如,该RRC重配置消息为用于条件切换(CHO)的RRC重配置消息;该RRC重配置消息还包含该终端设备转移到该第二小区的条件。For example, the RRC reconfiguration message is an RRC reconfiguration message for conditional handover (CHO); the RRC reconfiguration message also includes the conditions for the terminal equipment to transfer to the second cell.
例如,该空口资源转换指示由该第一宿主CU发送的最后一个该下行F1AP消息携带。For example, the air interface resource switching indication is carried in the last downlink F1AP message sent by the first host CU.
例如,当该第一IAB节点将该下行F1AP中包含的RRC重配置消息成功发送给该终端设备时,该第一转换单元将空口资源从广播与该第一小区相关的信号转换为广播与该第二小区相关的信号。For example, when the first IAB node successfully sends the RRC reconfiguration message contained in the downlink F1AP to the terminal device, the first conversion unit converts the air interface resource from broadcasting a signal related to the first cell to broadcasting a signal related to the Signals related to the second cell.
例如,该装置还包括:For example, the device also includes:
第五发送单元,其在该第一IAB节点将空口资源从广播与该第一小区相关的信号转换为广播与该第二小区相关的信号之后,将从该终端设备接收的RRC重配置完成消息通过该第二DU发送到该第二宿主CU。The fifth sending unit, after the first IAB node converts the air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell, sends the RRC reconfiguration complete message received from the terminal device to It is sent to the second host CU through the second DU.
例如,在该第一转换单元将空口资源从广播与该第一小区相关的信号转换为广播与该第二小区相关的信号之后,该终端设备在该第二小区中的C-RNTI与该终端设备在该第一小区中的C-RNTI相同。For example, after the first conversion unit converts the air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell, the C-RNTI of the terminal device in the second cell is related to the terminal The C-RNTIs of the devices in the first cell are the same.
在本申请实施例中,该装置还包括:In the embodiment of this application, the device also includes:
第二转换单元,其当该第一IAB节点的第二DU与该第二宿主CU建立F1连接后,将空口资源从广播与该第一小区相关的信号转换为广播与该第二小区相关的信号。The second conversion unit, after the second DU of the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU, converts the air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell Signal.
例如,该装置还包括:For example, the device also includes:
第一发起单元,其在该第一IAB节点将空口资源从广播与该第一小区相关的信号转换为广播与该第二小区相关的信号之后,发起该第一DU与该第一宿主CU之间的F1连接的释放。A first initiating unit, after the first IAB node converts air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell, and initiates a communication between the first DU and the first host CU The release of the F1 connection between.
由上述实施例可知,能够方便地将终端设备从第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区转移到第二DU的第二小区,从而提供了一种第一IAB节点从第一宿主CU迁移到第二宿主CU时终端设备也从第一宿主CU转移到第二宿主CU的有效机制。It can be seen from the above-mentioned embodiment that the terminal device can be conveniently transferred from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU, thereby providing a method of migrating the first IAB node from the first host CU An effective mechanism for the terminal device to also transfer from the first host CU to the second host CU when reaching the second host CU.
实施例6Example 6
本申请实施例提供一种终端设备的转移装置,该装置设置在第一宿主中,其中,第一IAB节点从第一宿主分布单元(CU)迁移到第二宿主CU。该装置对应于实施例2所述的方法,相同的内容不再重复说明。An embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus for migrating a terminal device. The apparatus is set in a first host, where a first IAB node is migrated from a distribution unit (CU) of the first host to a second host CU. This device corresponds to the method described in Example 2, and the same content will not be described repeatedly.
图23是本申请实施例6的终端设备的转移装置的一示意图。如图23所示,装置2300包括:FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of a transfer apparatus of a terminal device according to Embodiment 6 of the present application. As shown in Figure 23, the device 2300 includes:
第六发送单元2301,其向该第一IAB节点发送F1连接建立指示,该F1连接建立指示用于指示该第一IAB节点通过第二DU与该第二宿主CU建立F1连接,以便于将终端设备从该第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区转移到第二DU的第二小区;A sixth sending unit 2301, which sends an F1 connection establishment instruction to the first IAB node, where the F1 connection establishment instruction is used to instruct the first IAB node to establish an F1 connection with the second host CU through the second DU, so as to connect the terminal The device is transferred from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU;
其中,该第一宿主CU与该第一IAB节点的第一DU已建立有F1连接。Wherein, the first host CU has established an F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node.
例如,该第一宿主CU通过RRC重配置消息或F1AP消息将F1连接建立指示发送给该第一IAB节点。For example, the first donor CU sends the F1 connection establishment instruction to the first IAB node through an RRC reconfiguration message or an F1AP message.
例如,该装置还包括:For example, the device also includes:
第一请求单元,其在该第一宿主CU向该第一IAB节点发送F1连接建立指示之前,该请求该第二宿主CU与该第一IAB节点建立F1连接。A first request unit, which requests the second host CU to establish an F1 connection with the first IAB node before the first host CU sends an F1 connection establishment instruction to the first IAB node.
例如,该装置还包括:For example, the device also includes:
第四接收单元,其接收该第二宿主CU发送的接受与该第一IAB节点建立F1连接请求的指示。A fourth receiving unit, configured to receive the indication sent by the second owner CU to accept the request for establishing an F1 connection with the first IAB node.
例如,该第四接收单元通过针对该第一IAB节点的Xn切换响应消息接收该第二宿主CU发送的接受与该第一IAB节点建立F1连接请求的指示。For example, the fourth receiving unit receives the indication of accepting the F1 connection establishment request with the first IAB node sent by the second host CU through the Xn handover response message directed at the first IAB node.
例如,该装置还包括:For example, the device also includes:
第五接收单元,其在该第一宿主CU向该第一IAB节点发送F1连接建立指示之前,该第一宿主CU接收该第二宿主CU为该第一IAB节点配置的用于该第一IAB节点与该第二宿主CU建立F1连接的TNL地址;其中,该TNL地址包含于针对该第一IAB节点的Xn切换响应消息。The fifth receiving unit, before the first host CU sends an F1 connection establishment instruction to the first IAB node, the first host CU receives the first IAB configured by the second host CU for the first IAB node The TNL address of the node establishing the F1 connection with the second host CU; wherein the TNL address is included in the Xn handover response message for the first IAB node.
例如,该第六发送单元通过下行F1AP消息向该第一IAB节点发送该F1连接指示,其中,该下行F1AP消息包含用于该第一IAB节点与该第二宿主CU建立F1连接的TNL地址。For example, the sixth sending unit sends the F1 connection indication to the first IAB node through a downlink F1AP message, wherein the downlink F1AP message includes a TNL address for the first IAB node to establish an F1 connection with the second host CU.
例如,该用于该第一IAB节点与该第二宿主CU建立F1连接的TNL地址包含在由该Xn切换响应消息携带的针对该第一IAB节点的RRC重配置消息中;For example, the TNL address used to establish the F1 connection between the first IAB node and the second host CU is included in the RRC reconfiguration message for the first IAB node carried by the Xn handover response message;
该第一宿主CU将该针对该第一IAB节点的RRC重配置消息转发至该第一IAB节点,其中,该RRC重配置消息用于指示该第一IAB节点与该第二宿主CU建立F1连接。The first host CU forwards the RRC reconfiguration message for the first IAB node to the first IAB node, where the RRC reconfiguration message is used to instruct the first IAB node to establish an F1 connection with the second host CU .
例如,该装置还包括:For example, the device also includes:
第七发送单元,其在该第一IAB节点通过第二DU与该第二宿主CU建立F1连接后,向该第二宿主CU发送针对终端设备的Xn切换请求消息,其中,该Xn切换请求消息包含该第一小区的第一NCGI。The seventh sending unit, after the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU through the second DU, sends an Xn handover request message for the terminal device to the second host CU, wherein the Xn handover request message The first NCGI including the first cell.
例如,该装置还包括:For example, the device also includes:
第二发起单元,其当该第一宿主CU发送完最后一个包含用于该转移该终端设备的RRC重配置消息的下行F1AP消息时,或者,当该第一宿主CU收到该第二宿主CU发送的针对最后一个该终端设备的UE上下文释放指示消息时,发起与该第一IAB节点的第一DU之间的F1连接的释放。The second initiating unit, when the first host CU sends the last downlink F1AP message containing the RRC reconfiguration message used to transfer the terminal device, or when the first host CU receives the second host CU When the last UE context release indication message for the terminal device is sent, the release of the F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node is initiated.
例如,该装置还包括:For example, the device also includes:
第六接收单元,其在该第一IAB节点通过第二DU与该第二宿主CU建立F1连接后,从该第一IAB节点接收该第二小区的第二PCI、第二下行频点以及第二NCGI中的至少一个。The sixth receiving unit, after the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU through the second DU, receives the second PCI of the second cell, the second downlink frequency, and the second PCI from the first IAB node. At least one of the two NCGI.
例如,该装置还包括:For example, the device also includes:
第七接收单元,其在该第一IAB节点通过第二DU与该第二宿主CU建立F1连接后,从该第一IAB节点接收该第一小区的第一NCGI和该第二小区的第二NCGI的对应关系。a seventh receiving unit, which receives the first NCGI of the first cell and the second NCGI correspondence.
例如,该装置还包括:For example, the device also includes:
第八接收单元,其在该第一IAB节点通过第二DU与该第二宿主CU建立F1连接后,从该第二宿主CU接收该第二小区的第二PCI、第二下行频点以及第二NCGI中的至少一个。The eighth receiving unit, after the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU through the second DU, receives the second PCI of the second cell, the second downlink frequency point, and the second host CU from the second host CU. At least one of the two NCGI.
例如,该第八接收单元通过节点配置更新消息(Node Configure Update)从该第二宿主CU接收该第二小区的第二PCI、第二下行频点以及第二NCGI中的至少一个。For example, the eighth receiving unit receives at least one of the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, and the second NCGI of the second cell from the second donor CU through a node configuration update message (Node Configure Update).
例如,该装置还包括:For example, the device also includes:
第九接收单元,其在该第一IAB节点通过第二DU与该第二宿主CU建立F1连接后,从该第二宿主CU接收该第一小区的NCGI与该第二小区的NCGI的对应关系。A ninth receiving unit, which receives the correspondence between the NCGI of the first cell and the NCGI of the second cell from the second donor CU after the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second donor CU through the second DU .
例如,该装置还包括:For example, the device also includes:
第八发送单元,其在该第一宿主CU从该第二宿主CU接收该第二小区的第二PCI、第二下行频点以及第二NCGI中的至少一个之后,向该第二宿主CU发送针对终端设备的Xn切换请求消息,其中,该Xn切换请求消息包含该第二小区的第二NCGI。An eighth sending unit, after the first donor CU receives at least one of the second PCI of the second cell, the second downlink frequency point, and the second NCGI from the second donor CU, send to the second donor CU An Xn handover request message for the terminal device, wherein the Xn handover request message includes the second NCGI of the second cell.
例如,该装置还包括:For example, the device also includes:
第三发起单元,其当该第一宿主CU发送完最后一个包含用于该转移该终端设备的RRC重配置消息的下行F1AP消息时,或者,当该第一宿主CU收到该第二宿主CU发送的针对最后一个该终端设备的UE上下文释放指示消息时,发起与该第一IAB节点的第一DU之间的F1连接的释放。The third initiating unit, when the first host CU sends the last downlink F1AP message containing the RRC reconfiguration message used to transfer the terminal device, or when the first host CU receives the second host CU When the last UE context release indication message for the terminal device is sent, the release of the F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node is initiated.
例如,该装置还包括:For example, the device also includes:
第九发送单元,其将该第一小区的第一PCI、第一下行频点以及第一NCGI中的至少一个发送给该第二宿主CU。A ninth sending unit, configured to send at least one of the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI of the first cell to the second donor CU.
例如,该第九发送单元通过针对该第一IAB节点的Xn切换请求消息,或通过针对该终端设备的Xn切换请求消息将该第一小区的第一PCI、第一下行频点以及第一NCGI中的至少一个发送给该第二宿主CU。For example, the ninth sending unit transmits the first PCI of the first cell, the first downlink frequency point and the first At least one of the NCGIs is sent to the second host CU.
例如,该装置还包括:For example, the device also includes:
第十接收单元,其接收该第一IAB节点发送的空口资源共享指示,该空口资源共享指示用于指示该第一小区与该第二小区共享相同的空口资源。A tenth receiving unit, configured to receive an air interface resource sharing indication sent by the first IAB node, where the air interface resource sharing indication is used to indicate that the first cell and the second cell share the same air interface resource.
例如,该装置还包括:For example, the device also includes:
第十发送单元,其该该向该第一IAB节点发送空口资源转换指示,其中,该空口资源转换指示用于指示该第一IAB节点将空口资源从广播与该第一小区相关的信号转换为广播与该第二小区相关的信号。A tenth sending unit, which sends an air interface resource switching instruction to the first IAB node, where the air interface resource switching instruction is used to instruct the first IAB node to switch the air interface resource from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to Signals related to the second cell are broadcast.
例如,该装置还包括:For example, the device also includes:
第十一发送单元,其在该第一宿主CU向该第一IAB节点发送空口资源转换指示之前,该第一宿主CU向该第一IAB节点发送系统信息变更请求,以触发该第一IAB节点向该终端设备发送系统信息变更指示。An eleventh sending unit, before the first host CU sends an air interface resource conversion instruction to the first IAB node, the first host CU sends a system information change request to the first IAB node, so as to trigger the first IAB node Send a system information change instruction to the terminal device.
例如,该装置还包括:For example, the device also includes:
第十二发送单元,其在该第一宿主CU向该第一IAB节点发送空口资源转换指示之前,通过该第一DU向该第一IAB节点发送下行F1AP消息,其中该下行F1AP消 息包含针对该终端设备的RRC重配置消息;A twelfth sending unit, which sends a downlink F1AP message to the first IAB node through the first DU before the first owner CU sends an air interface resource conversion instruction to the first IAB node, wherein the downlink F1AP message includes a message for the first IAB node The RRC reconfiguration message of the terminal device;
其中,该RRC重配置消息用于将该终端设备从该第一小区转移转移到该第二小区;该RRC重配置消息中至少包含主密钥更新信息和用于该终端设备同步到该第二小区的同步重配置信息(ReconfigurationWithSync)。Wherein, the RRC reconfiguration message is used to transfer the terminal equipment from the first cell to the second cell; the RRC reconfiguration message at least includes master key update information and is used for the terminal equipment to synchronize to the second cell. Cell synchronization reconfiguration information (ReconfigurationWithSync).
例如,该RRC重配置消息为用于条件切换(CHO)的RRC重配置消息;该RRC重配置消息还包含该终端设备转移到该第二小区的条件。For example, the RRC reconfiguration message is an RRC reconfiguration message for conditional handover (CHO); the RRC reconfiguration message also includes the conditions for the terminal equipment to transfer to the second cell.
例如,该空口资源转换指示由该第一宿主CU发送的最后一个该下行F1AP消息携带。For example, the air interface resource conversion indication is carried in the last downlink F1AP message sent by the first host CU.
由上述实施例可知,能够方便地将终端设备从第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区转移到第二DU的第二小区,从而提供了一种第一IAB节点从第一宿主CU迁移到第二宿主CU时终端设备也从第一宿主CU转移到第二宿主CU的有效机制。It can be seen from the above-mentioned embodiment that the terminal device can be conveniently transferred from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU, thereby providing a method of migrating the first IAB node from the first host CU An effective mechanism for the terminal device to also transfer from the first host CU to the second host CU when reaching the second host CU.
实施例7Example 7
本申请实施例提供一种终端设备的转移装置,该装置设置在第二宿主中,其中,第一IAB节点从第一宿主分布单元(CU)迁移到第二宿主CU。该装置对应于实施例3所述的方法,相同的内容不再重复说明。An embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus for migrating a terminal device. The apparatus is set in a second host, wherein a first IAB node is migrated from a distribution unit (CU) of the first host to a second host CU. This device corresponds to the method described in Example 3, and the same content will not be described repeatedly.
图24是本申请实施例7的终端设备的转移装置的一示意图。如图24所示,装置2400包括:FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of a transfer device of a terminal device according to Embodiment 7 of the present application. As shown in Figure 24, the device 2400 includes:
第二建立单元2401,其与该第一IAB节点的第二DU之间建立F1连接,以便于将终端设备从该第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区转移转移到第二DU的第二小区;该F1连接的建立由该第一IAB节点在收到该第一宿主CU发送的F1连接建立指示后发起;The second establishing unit 2401, which establishes an F1 connection with the second DU of the first IAB node, so as to transfer the terminal device from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second DU of the second DU The second cell: the establishment of the F1 connection is initiated by the first IAB node after receiving the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first owner CU;
其中,该第二宿主CU与该第一IAB节点的第一DU已建立有F1连接。Wherein, the second host CU has established an F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node.
例如,该装置还包括:For example, the device also includes:
第十一接收单元,其在该第二宿主CU与该第一IAB节点的第二DU之间建立F1连接之前,接收该第一宿主CU发送的第二宿主CU与该第一IAB节点建立F1连接的请求。The eleventh receiving unit, before establishing the F1 connection between the second host CU and the second DU of the first IAB node, receives the second host CU sent by the first host CU to establish an F1 connection with the first IAB node connection request.
例如,该装置还包括:For example, the device also includes:
第十三发送单元,其向该第一宿主CU发送接受与该第一IAB节点建立F1连接请求的指示。A thirteenth sending unit, configured to send an indication of accepting the request for establishing an F1 connection with the first IAB node to the first host CU.
例如,该第十三发送单元通过针对该第一IAB节点的Xn切换响应消息向该第一宿主CU发送接受与该第一IAB节点建立F1连接请求的指示。For example, the thirteenth sending unit sends an indication of accepting the request for establishing an F1 connection with the first IAB node to the first host CU through an Xn handover response message directed at the first IAB node.
例如,该装置还包括:For example, the device also includes:
第十四发送单元,其在该第二宿主CU与该第一IAB节点的第二DU之间建立F1连接之前,向该第一宿主CU发送为该第一IAB节点配置的用于该第一IAB节点与该第二宿主CU建立F1连接的TNL地址该该。A fourteenth sending unit, before establishing an F1 connection between the second host CU and the second DU of the first IAB node, sends to the first host CU the configuration for the first IAB node for the first The TNL address of the F1 connection established between the IAB node and the second host CU.
例如,该用于该第一IAB节点与该第二宿主CU建立F1连接的TNL地址包含在针对该第一IAB节点的Xn切换响应消息中或者包含在由该Xn切换响应消息携带的针对该第一IAB节点的RRC重配置消息中。For example, the TNL address used to establish the F1 connection between the first IAB node and the second host CU is included in the Xn handover response message for the first IAB node or in the Xn handover response message carried by the Xn handover response message for the second host CU. In an RRC reconfiguration message of an IAB node.
例如,该装置还包括:For example, the device also includes:
第十二接收单元,其在该第二宿主CU与该第一IAB节点的第二DU之间建立F1连接之后,从该第一宿主CU接收针对终端设备的Xn请求响应消息,其中,该Xn切换请求消息包含该第一小区的第一NCGI或包含该第二小区的第二NCGI。A twelfth receiving unit, after establishing an F1 connection between the second host CU and the second DU of the first IAB node, receives an Xn request response message for the terminal device from the first host CU, wherein the Xn The handover request message includes the first NCGI of the first cell or includes the second NCGI of the second cell.
例如,该装置还包括:For example, the device also includes:
第十五发送单元,其在该第二宿主CU与该第一IAB节点的第二DU之间建立F1连接后,向该第一宿主CU发送该第二小区的第二PCI、第二下行频点以及第二NCGI中的至少一个。A fifteenth sending unit, after establishing an F1 connection between the second host CU and the second DU of the first IAB node, sends the second PCI and the second downlink frequency of the second cell to the first host CU point and at least one of the second NCGI.
例如,该第十五发送单元通过节点配置更新消息(Node Configure Update)向该第一宿主CU发送该第二小区的第二PCI、第二下行频点以及第二NCGI中的至少一个。For example, the fifteenth sending unit sends at least one of the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, and the second NCGI of the second cell to the first donor CU through a node configuration update message (Node Configure Update).
例如,该装置还包括:For example, the device also includes:
第十六发送单元,其在该第二宿主CU与该第一IAB节点的第二DU之间建立F1连接后,向该第一宿主CU发送该第一小区的NCGI与该第二小区的NCGI的对应关系。A sixteenth sending unit, after an F1 connection is established between the second donor CU and the second DU of the first IAB node, send the NCGI of the first cell and the NCGI of the second cell to the first donor CU corresponding relationship.
例如,该装置还包括:For example, the device also includes:
第十三接收单元,其在该第二宿主CU向该第一宿主CU发送该第二小区的第二PCI、第二下行频点以及第二NCGI中的至少一个之后,从该第一宿主CU接收针对终端设备的Xn切换请求消息,其中,该Xn切换请求消息包含该第二小区的第二NCGI。A thirteenth receiving unit, after the second host CU sends at least one of the second PCI of the second cell, the second downlink frequency point, and the second NCGI to the first host CU, from the first host CU An Xn handover request message for the terminal device is received, where the Xn handover request message includes the second NCGI of the second cell.
例如,该装置还包括:For example, the device also includes:
第十四接收单元,其从该第一宿主CU接收该第一小区的第一PCI、第一下行频点以及第一NCGI中的至少一个。A fourteenth receiving unit, configured to receive at least one of the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI of the first cell from the first donor CU.
例如,该第十四接收单元通过针对该第一IAB节点的Xn切换请求消息,或通过针对该终端设备的Xn切换请求消息,从该第一宿主CU接收该第一小区的第一PCI、第一下行频点以及第一NCGI中的至少一个。For example, the fourteenth receiving unit receives the first PCI of the first cell, the first PCI, the second Downlink frequency point and at least one of the first NCGI.
例如,在该第二宿主CU与该第一IAB节点的第二DU之间建立F1连接时,该第二宿主CU通过F1建立请求消息接收该第一IAB节点发送的该第一小区的第一PCI、第一下行频点以及第一NCGI中的至少一个。For example, when an F1 connection is established between the second donor CU and the second DU of the first IAB node, the second donor CU receives the first connection information of the first cell sent by the first IAB node through the F1 establishment request message. At least one of the PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI.
例如,该F1建立请求消息还包含:For example, the F1 establishment request message also includes:
该第一小区的第一NCGI和该第二小区的第二NCGI的对应关系。The corresponding relationship between the first NCGI of the first cell and the second NCGI of the second cell.
例如,该第一小区与该第二小区共享相同的空口资源。For example, the first cell and the second cell share the same air interface resource.
例如,该装置还包括:For example, the device also includes:
第一确定单元,其当该第二宿主CU从该第一宿主CU接收针对终端设备的Xn切换请求时,确定该第一小区的PCI或下行频点不同于该第二小区,该第二宿主CU不向该IAB节点的第二DU发送针对该终端设备的UE上下文建立请求。The first determining unit is configured to determine that the PCI or downlink frequency of the first cell is different from that of the second cell when the second donor CU receives an Xn handover request for the terminal device from the first donor CU, and the second donor CU The CU does not send a UE context establishment request for the terminal device to the second DU of the IAB node.
由上述实施例可知,能够方便地将终端设备从第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区转移到第二DU的第二小区,从而提供了一种第一IAB节点从第一宿主CU迁移到第二宿主CU时终端设备也从第一宿主CU转移到第二宿主CU的有效机制。It can be seen from the above-mentioned embodiment that the terminal device can be conveniently transferred from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU, thereby providing a method of migrating the first IAB node from the first host CU An effective mechanism for the terminal device to also transfer from the first host CU to the second host CU when reaching the second host CU.
实施例8Example 8
本申请实施例提供了一种网络设备,该网络设备包括如实施例5所述的终端设备的转移装置。An embodiment of the present application provides a network device, where the network device includes the device for transferring a terminal device as described in Embodiment 5.
图25是本申请实施例8的网络设备的系统构成的一示意框图。如图25所示,网络设备2500可以包括:处理器(processor)2510和存储器2520;存储器2520耦合到处理器2510。其中该存储器2520可存储各种数据;此外还存储信息处理的程序2530,并且在处理器2510的控制下执行该程序2530,以接收终端设备发送的各种信息、并且向终端设备发送各种信息。FIG. 25 is a schematic block diagram of a system configuration of a network device according to Embodiment 8 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 25 , a network device 2500 may include: a processor (processor) 2510 and a memory 2520 ; the memory 2520 is coupled to the processor 2510 . The memory 2520 can store various data; in addition, it also stores an information processing program 2530, and executes the program 2530 under the control of the processor 2510 to receive various information sent by the terminal equipment and send various information to the terminal equipment .
在一个实施方式中,终端设备的转移装置的功能可以被集成到处理器2510中。In one embodiment, the function of the transferring means of the terminal device may be integrated into the processor 2510 .
处理器2510可以被配置为:发该第一IAB节点在收到该第一宿主CU发送的F1连接建立指示后,使第二分布单元(DU)发起与该第二宿主CU的F1连接的建立, 以便于将终端设备从该第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区转移到第二DU的第二小区;The processor 2510 may be configured to: after the first IAB node receives the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first host CU, make the second distribution unit (DU) initiate the establishment of the F1 connection with the second host CU , so as to transfer the terminal device from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU;
其中,该第一DU已与该第一宿主CU建立有F1连接。Wherein, the first DU has established an F1 connection with the first host CU.
在另一个实施方式中,终端设备的转移装置可以与处理器2510分开配置,例如可以将抢占缓存状态报告的生成装置配置为与处理器2510连接的芯片,通过处理器2510的控制来实现终端设备的转移装置的功能。In another embodiment, the transfer device of the terminal device can be configured separately from the processor 2510, for example, the device for generating the preemptive cache status report can be configured as a chip connected to the processor 2510, and the terminal device can be implemented through the control of the processor 2510. function of the transfer device.
此外,如图25所示,网络设备2500还可以包括:收发机2540和天线2550等;其中,上述部件的功能与现有技术类似,此处不再赘述。值得注意的是,网络设备2500也并不是必须要包括图25中所示的所有部件;此外,网络设备2500还可以包括图25中没有示出的部件,可以参考现有技术。In addition, as shown in FIG. 25 , the network device 2500 may further include: a transceiver 2540 and an antenna 2550 ; wherein, the functions of the above components are similar to those of the prior art, and will not be repeated here. It should be noted that the network device 2500 does not necessarily include all the components shown in FIG. 25 ; in addition, the network device 2500 may also include components not shown in FIG. 25 , and reference may be made to the prior art.
由上述实施例可知,能够方便地将终端设备从第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区转移到第二DU的第二小区,从而提供了一种第一IAB节点从第一宿主CU迁移到第二宿主CU时终端设备也从第一宿主CU转移到第二宿主CU的有效机制。It can be seen from the above-mentioned embodiment that the terminal device can be conveniently transferred from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU, thereby providing a method of migrating the first IAB node from the first host CU An effective mechanism for the terminal device to also transfer from the first host CU to the second host CU when reaching the second host CU.
实施例9Example 9
本申请实施例提供了一种网络设备,该网络设备包括如实施例6所述的终端设备的转移装置。An embodiment of the present application provides a network device, where the network device includes the device for transferring a terminal device as described in Embodiment 6.
图26是本申请实施例9的网络设备的系统构成的一示意框图。如图26所示,网络设备2600可以包括:处理器(processor)2610和存储器2620;存储器2620耦合到处理器2610。其中该存储器2620可存储各种数据;此外还存储信息处理的程序2630,并且在处理器2610的控制下执行该程序2630,以接收终端设备发送的各种信息、并且向终端设备发送各种信息。FIG. 26 is a schematic block diagram of the system configuration of the network device according to Embodiment 9 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 26 , a network device 2600 may include: a processor (processor) 2610 and a memory 2620 ; the memory 2620 is coupled to the processor 2610 . The memory 2620 can store various data; in addition, it also stores an information processing program 2630, and executes the program 2630 under the control of the processor 2610 to receive various information sent by the terminal equipment and send various information to the terminal equipment .
在一个实施方式中,终端设备的转移装置的功能可以被集成到处理器2610中。In one embodiment, the function of the transferring means of the terminal device may be integrated into the processor 2610 .
处理器2610可以被配置为:该第一宿主CU向该第一IAB节点发送F1连接建立指示,该F1连接建立指示用于指示该第一IAB节点通过第二DU与该第二宿主CU建立F1连接,以便于将终端设备从该第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区转移到第二DU的第二小区;The processor 2610 may be configured to: the first host CU sends an F1 connection establishment indication to the first IAB node, and the F1 connection establishment indication is used to instruct the first IAB node to establish an F1 connection with the second host CU through the second DU. connecting to facilitate transfer of a terminal device from a first cell of a first DU of the first IAB node to a second cell of a second DU;
其中,该第一宿主CU与该第一IAB节点的第一DU已建立有F1连接。Wherein, the first host CU has established an F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node.
在另一个实施方式中,终端设备的转移装置可以与处理器2610分开配置,例如可以将抢占缓存状态报告的生成装置配置为与处理器2610连接的芯片,通过处理器 2610的控制来实现终端设备的转移装置的功能。In another embodiment, the transfer device of the terminal device can be configured separately from the processor 2610, for example, the device for generating the preemption cache status report can be configured as a chip connected to the processor 2610, and the terminal device can be implemented through the control of the processor 2610. function of the transfer device.
此外,如图26所示,网络设备2600还可以包括:收发机2640和天线2650等;其中,上述部件的功能与现有技术类似,此处不再赘述。值得注意的是,网络设备2600也并不是必须要包括图26中所示的所有部件;此外,网络设备2600还可以包括图26中没有示出的部件,可以参考现有技术。In addition, as shown in FIG. 26 , the network device 2600 may further include: a transceiver 2640 and an antenna 2650 ; wherein, the functions of the above components are similar to those of the prior art, and will not be repeated here. It should be noted that the network device 2600 does not necessarily include all the components shown in FIG. 26 ; in addition, the network device 2600 may also include components not shown in FIG. 26 , and reference may be made to the prior art.
由上述实施例可知,能够方便地将终端设备从第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区转移到第二DU的第二小区,从而提供了一种第一IAB节点从第一宿主CU迁移到第二宿主CU时终端设备也从第一宿主CU转移到第二宿主CU的有效机制。It can be seen from the above-mentioned embodiment that the terminal device can be conveniently transferred from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU, thereby providing a method of migrating the first IAB node from the first host CU An effective mechanism for the terminal device to also transfer from the first host CU to the second host CU when reaching the second host CU.
实施例10Example 10
本申请实施例提供了一种网络设备,该网络设备包括如实施例7所述的终端设备的转移装置。An embodiment of the present application provides a network device, where the network device includes the device for transferring a terminal device as described in Embodiment 7.
图27是本申请实施例10的网络设备的系统构成的一示意框图。如图27所示,网络设备2700可以包括:处理器(processor)2710和存储器2720;存储器2720耦合到处理器2710。其中该存储器2720可存储各种数据;此外还存储信息处理的程序2730,并且在处理器2710的控制下执行该程序2730,以接收终端设备发送的各种信息、并且向终端设备发送各种信息。FIG. 27 is a schematic block diagram of the system configuration of the network device according to Embodiment 10 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 27 , a network device 2700 may include: a processor (processor) 2710 and a memory 2720 ; the memory 2720 is coupled to the processor 2710 . The memory 2720 can store various data; in addition, it also stores an information processing program 2730, and executes the program 2730 under the control of the processor 2710 to receive various information sent by the terminal equipment and send various information to the terminal equipment .
在一个实施方式中,终端设备的转移装置的功能可以被集成到处理器2710中。In one embodiment, the function of the transferring means of the terminal device may be integrated into the processor 2710 .
该第二宿主CU与该第一IAB节点的第二DU之间建立F1连接,以便于将终端设备从该第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区转移转移到第二DU的第二小区;该F1连接的建立由该第一IAB节点在收到该第一宿主CU发送的F1连接建立指示后发起;An F1 connection is established between the second parent CU and the second DU of the first IAB node, so as to transfer the terminal device from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU ; The establishment of the F1 connection is initiated by the first IAB node after receiving the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first owner CU;
其中,该第二宿主CU与该第一IAB节点的第一DU已建立有F1连接。Wherein, the second host CU has established an F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node.
在另一个实施方式中,终端设备的转移装置可以与处理器2710分开配置,例如可以将抢占缓存状态报告的生成装置配置为与处理器2710连接的芯片,通过处理器2710的控制来实现终端设备的转移装置的功能。In another embodiment, the transfer device of the terminal device can be configured separately from the processor 2710. For example, the device for generating the preemptive cache status report can be configured as a chip connected to the processor 2710, and the terminal device can be implemented through the control of the processor 2710. function of the transfer device.
此外,如图27所示,网络设备2700还可以包括:收发机2740和天线2750等;其中,上述部件的功能与现有技术类似,此处不再赘述。值得注意的是,网络设备2700也并不是必须要包括图27中所示的所有部件;此外,网络设备2700还可以包括图27中没有示出的部件,可以参考现有技术。In addition, as shown in FIG. 27 , the network device 2700 may further include: a transceiver 2740 and an antenna 2750 ; wherein, the functions of the above components are similar to those of the prior art, and will not be repeated here. It should be noted that the network device 2700 does not necessarily include all the components shown in FIG. 27 ; in addition, the network device 2700 may also include components not shown in FIG. 27 , and reference may be made to the prior art.
由上述实施例可知,能够方便地将终端设备从第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区转移到第二DU的第二小区,从而提供了一种第一IAB节点从第一宿主CU迁移到第二宿主CU时终端设备也从第一宿主CU转移到第二宿主CU的有效机制。It can be seen from the above-mentioned embodiment that the terminal device can be conveniently transferred from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU, thereby providing a method of migrating the first IAB node from the first host CU An effective mechanism for the terminal device to also transfer from the first host CU to the second host CU when reaching the second host CU.
实施例11Example 11
本发明实施例提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统包括实施例8所述的网络设备、实施例9所述的网络设备、实施例10所述的网络设备中的至少一个以及终端设备。An embodiment of the present invention provides a communication system, where the communication system includes the network device described in Embodiment 8, the network device described in Embodiment 9, at least one of the network devices described in Embodiment 10, and a terminal device.
图28是本申请实施例11的通信系统的一示意图。如图28所示,通信系统2800包括:第一IAB节点2801、第一IAB节点的子IAB节点2802、第一IAB节点服务的终端设备2803、第一宿主3804以及第二宿主2805。Fig. 28 is a schematic diagram of a communication system according to Embodiment 11 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 28 , a communication system 2800 includes: a first IAB node 2801 , a child IAB node 2802 of the first IAB node, a terminal device 2803 served by the first IAB node, a first host 3804 and a second host 2805 .
例如,第一IAB节点2801可以是实施例8所述的网络设备,和/或,第一宿主2804可以是实施例9所述的网络设备,第二宿主2805可以是实施例10所述的网络设备。For example, the first IAB node 2801 may be the network device described in Embodiment 8, and/or the first host 2804 may be the network device described in Embodiment 9, and the second host 2805 may be the network device described in Embodiment 10 equipment.
第一IAB节点2801从第一宿主CU迁移到第二宿主CU时,终端设备2803也从第一宿主CU转移到第二宿主CU。When the first IAB node 2801 migrates from the first host CU to the second host CU, the terminal device 2803 also migrates from the first host CU to the second host CU.
由上述实施例可知,能够方便地将终端设备从第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区转移到第二DU的第二小区,从而提供了一种第一IAB节点从第一宿主CU迁移到第二宿主CU时终端设备也从第一宿主CU转移到第二宿主CU的有效机制。It can be seen from the above-mentioned embodiment that the terminal device can be conveniently transferred from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second cell of the second DU, thereby providing a method of migrating the first IAB node from the first host CU An effective mechanism for the terminal device to also transfer from the first host CU to the second host CU when reaching the second host CU.
本发明以上的装置和方法可以由硬件实现,也可以由硬件结合软件实现。本发明涉及这样的计算机可读程序,当该程序被逻辑部件所执行时,能够使该逻辑部件实现上文所述的装置或构成部件,或使该逻辑部件实现上文所述的各种方法或步骤。逻辑部件例如现场可编程逻辑部件、微处理器、计算机中使用的处理器等。本发明还涉及用于存储以上程序的存储介质,如硬盘、磁盘、光盘、DVD、flash存储器等。The above devices and methods of the present invention can be implemented by hardware, or by combining hardware and software. The present invention relates to such a computer-readable program that, when the program is executed by a logic component, enables the logic component to realize the above-mentioned device or constituent component, or enables the logic component to realize the above-mentioned various methods or steps. Logic components such as field programmable logic components, microprocessors, processors used in computers, and the like. The present invention also relates to a storage medium for storing the above program, such as hard disk, magnetic disk, optical disk, DVD, flash memory and the like.
结合本申请实施例描述的方法/装置可直接体现为硬件、由处理器执行的软件模块或二者组合。例如,图22中所示的功能框图中的一个或多个和/或功能框图的一个或多个组合,既可以对应于计算机程序流程的各个软件模块,亦可以对应于各个硬件模块。这些软件模块,可以分别对应于图8中所示的各个步骤。这些硬件模块例如可利用现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)将这些软件模块固化而实现。The method/device described in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as hardware, a software module executed by a processor, or a combination of both. For example, one or more of the functional block diagrams shown in FIG. 22 and/or one or more combinations of the functional block diagrams may correspond to each software module or each hardware module of the computer program flow. These software modules may respectively correspond to the steps shown in FIG. 8 . These hardware modules, for example, can be realized by solidifying these software modules by using a Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA).
软件模块可以位于RAM存储器、闪存、ROM存储器、EPROM存储器、EEPROM存储器、寄存器、硬盘、移动磁盘、CD-ROM或者本领域已知的任何其它形式的存 储介质。可以将一种存储介质耦接至处理器,从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息,且可向该存储介质写入信息;或者该存储介质可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。该软件模块可以存储在移动终端的存储器中,也可以存储在可插入移动终端的存储卡中。例如,若设备(如移动终端)采用的是较大容量的MEGA-SIM卡或者大容量的闪存装置,则该软件模块可存储在该MEGA-SIM卡或者大容量的闪存装置中。A software module may reside in RAM memory, flash memory, ROM memory, EPROM memory, EEPROM memory, registers, hard disk, removable disk, CD-ROM or any other form of storage medium known in the art. A storage medium can be coupled to the processor such that the processor can read information from, and write information to, the storage medium, or it can be an integral part of the processor. The processor and storage medium can be located in the ASIC. The software module can be stored in the memory of the mobile terminal, or can be stored in a memory card that can be inserted into the mobile terminal. For example, if the device (such as a mobile terminal) adopts a large-capacity MEGA-SIM card or a large-capacity flash memory device, the software module can be stored in the MEGA-SIM card or large-capacity flash memory device.
针对附图22中描述的功能方框中的一个或多个和/或功能方框的一个或多个组合,可以实现为用于执行本发明所描述功能的通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其它可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件或者其任意适当组合。针对附图22描述的功能方框中的一个或多个和/或功能方框的一个或多个组合,还可以实现为计算设备的组合,例如,DSP和微处理器的组合、多个微处理器、与DSP通信结合的一个或多个微处理器或者任何其它这种配置。One or more of the functional blocks and/or one or more combinations of the functional blocks described in FIG. 22 can be implemented as a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor ( DSP), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, or any suitable combination thereof. One or more of the functional blocks and/or one or more combinations of the functional blocks described in FIG. A processor, one or more microprocessors in communication with a DSP, or any other such configuration.
以上结合具体的实施方式对本申请进行了描述,但本领域技术人员应该清楚,这些描述都是示例性的,并不是对本申请保护范围的限制。本领域技术人员可以根据本申请的精神和原理对本申请做出各种变型和修改,这些变型和修改也在本申请的范围内。The present application has been described above in conjunction with specific implementation manners, but those skilled in the art should be clear that these descriptions are exemplary rather than limiting the protection scope of the present application. Those skilled in the art can make various variations and modifications to this application according to the spirit and principles of this application, and these variations and modifications are also within the scope of this application.
关于本实施例公开的上述实施方式,还公开了如下的附记:Regarding the above-mentioned implementation mode disclosed in this embodiment, the following additional notes are also disclosed:
附记一、 Note 1.
1、一种终端设备的转移装置,所述装置设置在第一IAB节点中,其中,第一IAB节点从第一宿主分布单元(CU)迁移到第二宿主CU,所述装置包括:1. An apparatus for transferring a terminal device, the apparatus is set in a first IAB node, wherein the first IAB node is migrated from a first host distribution unit (CU) to a second host CU, and the apparatus includes:
第一建立单元,其在收到所述第一宿主CU发送的F1连接建立指示后,使第二分布单元(DU)发起与所述第二宿主CU的F1连接的建立,以便于将终端设备从所述第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区转移到第二DU的第二小区;The first establishment unit, after receiving the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first host CU, makes the second distribution unit (DU) initiate the establishment of the F1 connection with the second host CU, so as to connect the terminal device transferring from a first cell of a first DU of the first IAB node to a second cell of a second DU;
其中,所述第一DU已与所述第一宿主CU建立有F1连接。Wherein, the first DU has established an F1 connection with the first host CU.
2、根据附记1所述的装置,其中,2. The device according to appendix 1, wherein,
所述F1连接建立指示由所述第一宿主CU通过RRC重配置消息或F1AP消息发送给所述第一IAB节点。The F1 connection establishment instruction is sent by the first owner CU to the first IAB node through an RRC reconfiguration message or an F1AP message.
3、根据附记2所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:3. The device according to Supplement 2, wherein the device further comprises:
第一发送单元,其在所述第二DU与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接之后,将所述第二小区的第二PCI、第二下行频点以及第二NCGI中的至少一个,发送给所述第一宿主CU。A first sending unit, configured to send at least one of the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, and the second NCGI of the second cell after the second DU establishes an F1 connection with the second donor CU to the first host CU.
4、根据附记3所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:4. The device according to Note 3, wherein the device further comprises:
第二发送单元,其在所述第二DU与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接之后,所述第一IAB节点将所述第一小区的NCGI与第二小区的第二NCGI的对应关系发送给所述第一宿主CU。The second sending unit, after the second DU establishes an F1 connection with the second donor CU, the first IAB node sends the correspondence between the NCGI of the first cell and the second NCGI of the second cell to the first host CU.
5、根据附记2所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:5. The device according to Supplement 2, wherein the device further comprises:
第三发送单元,其在所述第二DU与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接时,通过F1建立请求消息将所述第一小区的第一PCI、第一下行频点以及第一NCGI中的至少一个,发送给所述第二宿主CU。The third sending unit, when the second DU establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU, sends the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI of the first cell through an F1 establishment request message At least one of them is sent to the second host CU.
6、根据附记5所述的装置,其中,所述F1建立请求消息还包含:6. The device according to supplementary note 5, wherein the F1 establishment request message further includes:
所述第一小区的第一NCGI和所述第二小区的第二NCGI的对应关系。A correspondence relationship between the first NCGI of the first cell and the second NCGI of the second cell.
7、根据附记2至6中的任一项所述的装置,其中,所述第一IAB节点为所述第一DU的第一小区和所述第二DU的第二小区共享相同的空口资源。7. The device according to any one of Supplements 2 to 6, wherein the first IAB node shares the same air interface for the first cell of the first DU and the second cell of the second DU resource.
8、根据附记7所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:8. The device according to supplementary note 7, wherein the device further comprises:
第一接收单元,其从所述第一宿主CU接收空口资源转换指示;a first receiving unit, configured to receive an air interface resource conversion instruction from the first host CU;
第一转换单元,其将空口资源从广播与所述第一小区相关的信号转换为广播与所述第二小区相关的信号。A first conversion unit, which converts air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell.
9、根据附记8所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:9. The device according to supplementary note 8, wherein the device further comprises:
第二接收单元,其在所述第一IAB节点的空口资源从广播与所述第一小区相关的信号转换为广播与所述第二小区相关的信号之前,从所述第一宿主CU接收系统信息变更请求,并向所述终端设备发送系统信息变更指示,以触发所述终端设备接收所述第二小区相关的系统信息。A second receiving unit, which receives a system from the first host CU before the air interface resources of the first IAB node are switched from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell an information change request, and send a system information change indication to the terminal device, so as to trigger the terminal device to receive system information related to the second cell.
10、根据附记8所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:10. The device according to supplementary note 8, wherein the device further comprises:
第三接收单元,其在所述第一转换单元将空口资源从广播与所述第一小区相关的信号转换为广播与所述第二小区相关的信号之前,通过所述第一DU接收所述第一宿主CU发送的下行F1AP消息,其中所述下行F1AP消息包含针对所述终端设备的RRC重配置消息;A third receiving unit, before the first conversion unit converts the air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell, receiving the first DU through the first DU A downlink F1AP message sent by the first owner CU, wherein the downlink F1AP message includes an RRC reconfiguration message for the terminal device;
第四发送单元,其将所述RRC重配置消息发送给所述终端设备;A fourth sending unit, which sends the RRC reconfiguration message to the terminal device;
其中,所述RRC重配置消息用于将所述终端设备从所述第一小区转移到所述第二小区;所述RRC重配置消息中至少包含主密钥更新信息和用于所述终端设备同步到所述第二小区的同步重配置信息(ReconfigurationWithSync)。Wherein, the RRC reconfiguration message is used to transfer the terminal device from the first cell to the second cell; the RRC reconfiguration message at least includes master key update information and information for the terminal device Synchronize to the synchronization reconfiguration information (ReconfigurationWithSync) of the second cell.
11、根据附记10所述的装置,其中,11. The device according to appendix 10, wherein,
所述RRC重配置消息为用于条件切换(CHO)的RRC重配置消息;所述RRC重配置消息还包含所述终端设备转移到所述第二小区的条件。The RRC reconfiguration message is an RRC reconfiguration message for conditional handover (CHO); the RRC reconfiguration message also includes conditions for the terminal device to transfer to the second cell.
12、根据附记8所述的装置,其中,12. The device according to appendix 8, wherein,
所述空口资源转换指示由所述第一宿主CU发送的最后一个所述下行F1AP消息携带。The air interface resource conversion indication is carried in the last downlink F1AP message sent by the first host CU.
13、根据附记12所述的装置,其中,13. The device according to supplementary note 12, wherein,
当所述第一IAB节点将所述下行F1AP中包含的RRC重配置消息成功发送给所述终端设备时,所述第一转换单元将空口资源从广播与所述第一小区相关的信号转换为广播与所述第二小区相关的信号。When the first IAB node successfully sends the RRC reconfiguration message contained in the downlink F1AP to the terminal device, the first conversion unit converts the air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to A signal related to the second cell is broadcast.
14、根据附记10或11所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:14. The device according to supplementary note 10 or 11, wherein the device further comprises:
第五发送单元,其在所述第一IAB节点将空口资源从广播与所述第一小区相关的信号转换为广播与所述第二小区相关的信号之后,将从所述终端设备接收的RRC重配置完成消息通过所述第二DU发送到所述第二宿主CU。A fifth sending unit, after the first IAB node converts air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell, the RRC received from the terminal device The reconfiguration complete message is sent to the second host CU through the second DU.
15、根据附记10或11所述的装置,其中,在所述第一转换单元将空口资源从广播与所述第一小区相关的信号转换为广播与所述第二小区相关的信号之后,所述终端设备在所述第二小区中的C-RNTI与所述终端设备在所述第一小区中的C-RNTI相同。15. The device according to supplementary note 10 or 11, wherein after the first conversion unit converts air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell, The C-RNTI of the terminal device in the second cell is the same as the C-RNTI of the terminal device in the first cell.
16、根据附记7所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:16. The device according to supplementary note 7, wherein the device further comprises:
第二转换单元,其当所述第一IAB节点的第二DU与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接后,将空口资源从广播与所述第一小区相关的信号转换为广播与所述第二小区相关的信号。The second converting unit, after the second DU of the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU, converts air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell Signals related to the second cell.
17、根据附记7至16中的任一项所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:17. The device according to any one of Supplements 7 to 16, wherein the device further comprises:
第一发起单元,其在所述第一IAB节点将空口资源从广播与所述第一小区相关的信号转换为广播与所述第二小区相关的信号之后,发起所述第一DU与所述第一宿主CU之间的F1连接的释放。The first initiating unit, after the first IAB node converts air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell, initiates the communication between the first DU and the Release of the F1 connection between the first host CU.
18、一种终端设备的转移装置,所述装置设置在第一宿主CU中,所述装置应用于当第一IAB节点从所述第一宿主CU迁移到第二宿主CU时,所述装置包括:18. An apparatus for transferring a terminal device, the apparatus is set in a first host CU, and the apparatus is applied when a first IAB node migrates from the first host CU to a second host CU, the apparatus includes :
第六发送单元,其向所述第一IAB节点发送F1连接建立指示,所述F1连接建立指示用于指示所述第一IAB节点通过第二DU与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接,以便于将终端设备从所述第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区转移到第二DU的第二小区;A sixth sending unit, which sends an F1 connection establishment instruction to the first IAB node, where the F1 connection establishment instruction is used to instruct the first IAB node to establish an F1 connection with the second host CU through a second DU, so that for transferring a terminal device from a first cell of a first DU of said first IAB node to a second cell of a second DU;
其中,所述第一宿主CU与所述第一IAB节点的第一DU已建立有F1连接。Wherein, the first host CU has established an F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node.
19、根据附记18所述的装置,其中,19. The device according to appendix 18, wherein,
所述第一宿主CU通过RRC重配置消息或F1AP消息将F1连接建立指示发送给所述第一IAB节点。The first owner CU sends the F1 connection establishment instruction to the first IAB node through an RRC reconfiguration message or an F1AP message.
20、根据附记19所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:20. The device according to Supplement 19, wherein the device further comprises:
第一请求单元,其在所述第一宿主CU向所述第一IAB节点发送F1连接建立指示之前,请求所述第二宿主CU与所述第一IAB节点建立F1连接。A first request unit, which requests the second host CU to establish an F1 connection with the first IAB node before the first host CU sends an F1 connection establishment instruction to the first IAB node.
21、根据附记20所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:21. The device according to supplementary note 20, wherein the device further comprises:
第四接收单元,其接收所述第二宿主CU发送的接受与所述第一IAB节点建立F1连接请求的指示。A fourth receiving unit, configured to receive the indication sent by the second owner CU to accept the request for establishing an F1 connection with the first IAB node.
22、根据附记21所述的装置,其中,22. The device according to supplementary note 21, wherein,
所述第四接收单元通过针对所述第一IAB节点的Xn切换响应消息接收所述第二宿主CU发送的接受与所述第一IAB节点建立F1连接请求的指示。The fourth receiving unit receives the indication of accepting the F1 connection establishment request with the first IAB node sent by the second host CU through the Xn handover response message directed at the first IAB node.
23、根据附记18所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:23. The device according to supplementary note 18, wherein the device further comprises:
第五接收单元,其在所述第一宿主CU向所述第一IAB节点发送F1连接建立指示之前,所述第一宿主CU接收所述第二宿主CU为所述第一IAB节点配置的用于所述第一IAB节点与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接的TNL地址;其中,所述TNL地址包含于针对所述第一IAB节点的Xn切换响应消息。The fifth receiving unit, before the first host CU sends an F1 connection establishment instruction to the first IAB node, the first host CU receives the user configured by the second host CU for the first IAB node A TNL address for establishing an F1 connection between the first IAB node and the second host CU; wherein, the TNL address is included in an Xn handover response message for the first IAB node.
24、根据附记23所述的装置,其中,24. The device according to supplementary note 23, wherein,
所述第六发送单元通过下行F1AP消息向所述第一IAB节点发送所述F1连接指示,其中,所述下行F1AP消息包含用于所述第一IAB节点与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接的TNL地址。The sixth sending unit sends the F1 connection indication to the first IAB node through a downlink F1AP message, wherein the downlink F1AP message includes information for the first IAB node to establish an F1 connection with the second host CU TNL address.
25、根据附记23所述的装置,其中,25. The device according to supplementary note 23, wherein,
所述用于所述第一IAB节点与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接的TNL地址包含在由所述Xn切换响应消息携带的针对所述第一IAB节点的RRC重配置消息中;The TNL address used to establish the F1 connection between the first IAB node and the second host CU is included in the RRC reconfiguration message for the first IAB node carried by the Xn handover response message;
所述第一宿主CU将所述针对所述第一IAB节点的RRC重配置消息转发至所述第一IAB节点,其中,所述RRC重配置消息用于指示所述第一IAB节点与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接。The first host CU forwards the RRC reconfiguration message for the first IAB node to the first IAB node, where the RRC reconfiguration message is used to indicate that the first IAB node and the The second host CU establishes an F1 connection.
26、根据附记23至25中的任一项所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:26. The device according to any one of Supplements 23 to 25, wherein the device further comprises:
第七发送单元,其在所述第一IAB节点通过第二DU与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接后,向所述第二宿主CU发送针对终端设备的Xn切换请求消息,其中,所述Xn切换请求消息包含所述第一小区的第一NCGI。The seventh sending unit, after the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU through the second DU, sends an Xn switching request message for the terminal device to the second host CU, wherein the The Xn handover request message includes the first NCGI of the first cell.
27、根据附记26所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:27. The device according to supplementary note 26, wherein the device further comprises:
第二发起单元,其当所述第一宿主CU发送完最后一个包含用于转移所述终端设备的RRC重配置消息的下行F1AP消息时,或者,当所述第一宿主CU收到所述第二宿主CU发送的针对最后一个所述终端设备的UE上下文释放指示消息时,发起与所述第一IAB节点的第一DU之间的F1连接的释放。The second initiating unit, when the first host CU sends the last downlink F1AP message containing the RRC reconfiguration message used to transfer the terminal device, or when the first host CU receives the first host CU Initiating the release of the F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node when the UE context release instruction message for the last terminal device is sent by the second owner CU.
28、根据附记23至25中的任一项所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:28. The device according to any one of Supplements 23 to 25, wherein the device further comprises:
第六接收单元,其在所述第一IAB节点通过第二DU与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接后,从所述第一IAB节点接收所述第二小区的第二PCI、第二下行频点以及第二NCGI中的至少一个。The sixth receiving unit, after the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU through the second DU, receives the second PCI of the second cell, the second downlink Frequency point and at least one of the second NCGI.
29、根据附记28所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:29. The device according to supplementary note 28, wherein the device further comprises:
第七接收单元,其在所述第一IAB节点通过第二DU与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接后,从所述第一IAB节点接收所述第一小区的第一NCGI和所述第二小区的第二NCGI的对应关系。a seventh receiving unit, which receives the first NCGI of the first cell and the first The corresponding relationship of the second NCGI of the second cell.
30、根据附记23至25中的任一项所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:30. The device according to any one of Supplements 23 to 25, wherein the device further comprises:
第八接收单元,其在所述第一IAB节点通过第二DU与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接后,从所述第二宿主CU接收所述第二小区的第二PCI、第二下行频点以及第二NCGI中的至少一个。The eighth receiving unit, after the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU through the second DU, receives the second PCI of the second cell, the second downlink Frequency point and at least one of the second NCGI.
31、根据附记30所述的装置,其中,31. The device according to appendix 30, wherein,
所述第八接收单元通过节点配置更新消息(Node Configure Update)从所述第二宿主CU接收所述第二小区的第二PCI、第二下行频点以及第二NCGI中的至少一个。The eighth receiving unit receives at least one of the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, and the second NCGI of the second cell from the second donor CU through a node configuration update message (Node Configure Update).
32、根据附记30或31所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:32. The device according to supplementary note 30 or 31, wherein the device further comprises:
第九接收单元,其在所述第一IAB节点通过第二DU与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接后,从所述第二宿主CU接收所述第一小区的NCGI与所述第二小区的NCGI的对应关系。A ninth receiving unit, which receives the NCGI of the first cell and the second cell from the second host CU after the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU through the second DU The NCGI correspondence.
33、根据附记28至32中的任一项所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:33. The device according to any one of Supplements 28 to 32, wherein the device further comprises:
第八发送单元,其在所述第一宿主CU从所述第二宿主CU接收所述第二小区的第二PCI、第二下行频点以及第二NCGI中的至少一个之后,向所述第二宿主CU发送针对终端设备的Xn切换请求消息,其中,所述Xn切换请求消息包含所述第二小区的第二NCGI。An eighth sending unit, after the first donor CU receives at least one of the second PCI of the second cell, the second downlink frequency point, and the second NCGI from the second donor CU, send to the first donor CU The second-owner CU sends an Xn handover request message for the terminal device, where the Xn handover request message includes the second NCGI of the second cell.
34、根据附记33所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:34. The device according to supplementary note 33, wherein the device further comprises:
第三发起单元,其当所述第一宿主CU发送完最后一个包含用于转移所述终端设备的RRC重配置消息的下行F1AP消息时,或者,当所述第一宿主CU收到所述第二宿主CU发送的针对最后一个所述终端设备的UE上下文释放指示消息时,发起与所述第一IAB节点的第一DU之间的F1连接的释放。The third initiating unit, when the first host CU sends the last downlink F1AP message containing the RRC reconfiguration message used to transfer the terminal device, or when the first host CU receives the first host CU Initiating the release of the F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node when the UE context release instruction message for the last terminal device is sent by the second owner CU.
35、根据附记23至34中的任一项所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:35. The device according to any one of Supplements 23 to 34, wherein the device further comprises:
第九发送单元,其将所述第一小区的第一PCI、第一下行频点以及第一NCGI中的至少一个发送给所述第二宿主CU。A ninth sending unit, configured to send at least one of the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI of the first cell to the second donor CU.
36、根据附记35所述的装置,其中,36. The device according to supplementary note 35, wherein,
所述第九发送单元通过针对所述第一IAB节点的Xn切换请求消息,或通过针对所述终端设备的Xn切换请求消息将所述第一小区的第一PCI、第一下行频点以及第一NCGI中的至少一个发送给所述第二宿主CU。The ninth sending unit transmits the first PCI of the first cell, the first downlink frequency point, and the At least one of the first NCGIs is sent to the second host CU.
37、根据附记23至36中任一项所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:37. The device according to any one of Supplements 23 to 36, wherein the device further comprises:
第十接收单元,其接收所述第一IAB节点发送的空口资源共享指示,所述空口资源共享指示用于指示所述第一小区与所述第二小区共享相同的空口资源。A tenth receiving unit, configured to receive an air interface resource sharing indication sent by the first IAB node, where the air interface resource sharing indication is used to indicate that the first cell and the second cell share the same air interface resource.
38、根据附记37所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:38. The device according to supplementary note 37, wherein the device further comprises:
第十发送单元,其向所述第一IAB节点发送空口资源转换指示,其中,所述空口资源转换指示用于指示所述第一IAB节点将空口资源从广播与所述第一小区相关的信号转换为广播与所述第二小区相关的信号。A tenth sending unit, which sends an air interface resource switching instruction to the first IAB node, where the air interface resource switching instruction is used to instruct the first IAB node to switch air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell Converting to broadcasting signals related to the second cell.
39、根据附记38所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:39. The device according to supplementary note 38, wherein the device further comprises:
第十一发送单元,其在所述第一宿主CU向所述第一IAB节点发送空口资源转换指示之前,所述第一宿主CU向所述第一IAB节点发送系统信息变更请求,以触发所述第一IAB节点向所述终端设备发送系统信息变更指示。An eleventh sending unit, before the first host CU sends an air interface resource conversion instruction to the first IAB node, the first host CU sends a system information change request to the first IAB node, so as to trigger the The first IAB node sends a system information change instruction to the terminal device.
40、根据附记38所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:40. The device according to supplementary note 38, wherein the device further comprises:
第十二发送单元,其在所述第一宿主CU向所述第一IAB节点发送空口资源转换指示之前,通过所述第一DU向所述第一IAB节点发送下行F1AP消息,其中所述下行F1AP消息包含针对所述终端设备的RRC重配置消息;A twelfth sending unit, which sends a downlink F1AP message to the first IAB node through the first DU before the first host CU sends an air interface resource conversion instruction to the first IAB node, wherein the downlink The F1AP message includes an RRC reconfiguration message for the terminal device;
其中,所述RRC重配置消息用于将所述终端设备从所述第一小区转移转移到所述第二小区;所述RRC重配置消息中至少包含主密钥更新信息和用于所述终端设备同步到所述第二小区的同步重配置信息(ReconfigurationWithSync)。Wherein, the RRC reconfiguration message is used to transfer the terminal device from the first cell to the second cell; the RRC reconfiguration message at least includes master key update information and information for the terminal The device synchronizes to the synchronization reconfiguration information (ReconfigurationWithSync) of the second cell.
41、根据附记40所述的装置,其中,41. The device according to appendix 40, wherein,
所述RRC重配置消息为用于条件切换(CHO)的RRC重配置消息;所述RRC重配置消息还包含所述终端设备转移到所述第二小区的条件。The RRC reconfiguration message is an RRC reconfiguration message for conditional handover (CHO); the RRC reconfiguration message also includes conditions for the terminal device to transfer to the second cell.
42、根据附记40所述的装置,其中,42. The device according to appendix 40, wherein,
所述空口资源转换指示由所述第一宿主CU发送的最后一个所述下行F1AP消息携带。The air interface resource conversion indication is carried in the last downlink F1AP message sent by the first host CU.
43、一种终端设备的转移装置,所述装置设置在第二宿主CU中,其中,第一IAB节点从第一宿主CU迁移到第二宿主CU,所述装置包括:43. An apparatus for transferring a terminal device, the apparatus is set in a second host CU, wherein the first IAB node is migrated from the first host CU to the second host CU, the apparatus includes:
第二建立单元,其与所述第一IAB节点的第二DU之间建立F1连接,以便于将终端设备从所述第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区转移转移到第二DU的第二小区;所述F1连接的建立由所述第一IAB节点在收到所述第一宿主CU发送的F1连接建立指示后发起;A second establishment unit, which establishes an F1 connection with the second DU of the first IAB node, so as to transfer the terminal device from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second DU. The second cell: the establishment of the F1 connection is initiated by the first IAB node after receiving the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first owner CU;
其中,所述第二宿主CU与所述第一IAB节点的第一DU已建立有F1连接。Wherein, the second host CU has established an F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node.
44、根据附记43所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:44. The device according to supplementary note 43, wherein the device further comprises:
第十一接收单元,其在所述第二宿主CU与所述第一IAB节点的第二DU之间建立F1连接之前,接收所述第一宿主CU发送的第二宿主CU与所述第一IAB节点建立F1连接的请求。The eleventh receiving unit is configured to receive the second host CU and the first host CU sent by the first host CU before the F1 connection is established between the second host CU and the second DU of the first IAB node. IAB node request to establish F1 connection.
45、根据附记44所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:45. The device according to supplementary note 44, wherein the device further comprises:
第十三发送单元,其向所述第一宿主CU发送接受与所述第一IAB节点建立F1 连接请求的指示。A thirteenth sending unit, configured to send an indication of accepting the request for establishing an F1 connection with the first IAB node to the first host CU.
46、根据附记45所述的装置,其中,46. The device according to appendix 45, wherein,
所述第十三发送单元通过针对所述第一IAB节点的Xn切换响应消息向所述第一宿主CU发送接受与所述第一IAB节点建立F1连接请求的指示。The thirteenth sending unit sends an indication of accepting the request for establishing an F1 connection with the first IAB node to the first host CU through an Xn handover response message directed to the first IAB node.
47、根据附记43所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:47. The device according to supplementary note 43, wherein the device further comprises:
第十四发送单元,其在所述第二宿主CU与所述第一IAB节点的第二DU之间建立F1连接之前,向所述第一宿主CU发送为所述第一IAB节点配置的用于所述第一IAB节点与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接的TNL地址。A fourteenth sending unit, before establishing an F1 connection between the second host CU and the second DU of the first IAB node, send the user configured for the first IAB node to the first host CU A TNL address for establishing an F1 connection between the first IAB node and the second host CU.
48、根据附记43所述的装置,其中,所述用于所述第一IAB节点与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接的TNL地址包含在针对所述第一IAB节点的Xn切换响应消息中或者包含在由所述Xn切换响应消息携带的针对所述第一IAB节点的RRC重配置消息中。48. The device according to supplementary note 43, wherein the TNL address used for establishing the F1 connection between the first IAB node and the second host CU is included in the Xn handover response message for the first IAB node or included in the RRC reconfiguration message for the first IAB node carried in the Xn handover response message.
49、根据附记47或48所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:49. The device according to supplementary note 47 or 48, wherein the device further comprises:
第十二接收单元,其在所述第二宿主CU与所述第一IAB节点的第二DU之间建立F1连接之后,从所述第一宿主CU接收针对终端设备的Xn请求响应消息,其中,所述Xn切换请求消息包含所述第一小区的第一NCGI或包含所述第二小区的第二NCGI。A twelfth receiving unit, after the F1 connection is established between the second host CU and the second DU of the first IAB node, receives an Xn request response message for the terminal device from the first host CU, wherein , the Xn handover request message includes the first NCGI of the first cell or includes the second NCGI of the second cell.
50、根据附记47或48所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:50. The device according to supplementary note 47 or 48, wherein the device further comprises:
第十五发送单元,其在所述第二宿主CU与所述第一IAB节点的第二DU之间建立F1连接后,向所述第一宿主CU发送所述第二小区的第二PCI、第二下行频点以及第二NCGI中的至少一个。A fifteenth sending unit, after the F1 connection is established between the second donor CU and the second DU of the first IAB node, send the second PCI, the second PCI of the second cell to the first donor CU, At least one of the second downlink frequency point and the second NCGI.
51、根据附记50所述的装置,其中,51. The device according to appendix 50, wherein,
所述第十五发送单元通过节点配置更新消息(Node Configure Update)向所述第一宿主CU发送所述第二小区的第二PCI、第二下行频点以及第二NCGI中的至少一个。The fifteenth sending unit sends at least one of the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, and the second NCGI of the second cell to the first donor CU through a node configuration update message (Node Configure Update).
52、根据附记50或51所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:52. The device according to supplementary note 50 or 51, wherein the device further comprises:
第十六发送单元,其在所述第二宿主CU与所述第一IAB节点的第二DU之间建立F1连接后,向所述第一宿主CU发送所述第一小区的NCGI与所述第二小区的NCGI的对应关系。A sixteenth sending unit, after establishing an F1 connection between the second donor CU and the second DU of the first IAB node, send the NCGI of the first cell and the The corresponding relationship of the NCGI of the second cell.
53、根据附记50至52中任一项所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:53. The device according to any one of Supplements 50 to 52, wherein the device further comprises:
第十三接收单元,其在所述第二宿主CU向所述第一宿主CU发送所述第二小区的第二PCI、第二下行频点以及第二NCGI中的至少一个之后,从所述第一宿主CU接收针对终端设备的Xn切换请求消息,其中,所述Xn切换请求消息包含所述第二小区的第二NCGI。A thirteenth receiving unit, after the second donor CU sends at least one of the second PCI of the second cell, the second downlink frequency, and the second NCGI to the first donor CU, from the The first donor CU receives an Xn handover request message for the terminal device, where the Xn handover request message includes the second NCGI of the second cell.
54、根据附记47-53中的任一项所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:54. The device according to any one of Supplements 47-53, wherein the device further comprises:
第十四接收单元,其从所述第一宿主CU接收所述第一小区的第一PCI、第一下行频点以及第一NCGI中的至少一个。A fourteenth receiving unit, configured to receive at least one of the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI of the first cell from the first donor CU.
55、根据附记54所述的装置,其中,55. The device according to appendix 54, wherein,
所述第十四接收单元通过针对所述第一IAB节点的Xn切换请求消息,或通过针对所述终端设备的Xn切换请求消息,从所述第一宿主CU接收所述第一小区的第一PCI、第一下行频点以及第一NCGI中的至少一个。The fourteenth receiving unit receives from the first donor CU the first At least one of the PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI.
56、根据附记43至48中的任一项所述的装置,其中,在所述第二宿主CU与所述第一IAB节点的第二DU之间建立F1连接时,所述第二宿主CU通过F1建立请求消息接收所述第一IAB节点发送的所述第一小区的第一PCI、第一下行频点以及第一NCGI中的至少一个。56. The device according to any one of Supplements 43 to 48, wherein when an F1 connection is established between the second host CU and the second DU of the first IAB node, the second host The CU receives at least one of the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI of the first cell sent by the first IAB node through the F1 establishment request message.
57、根据附记56所述的装置,其中,所述F1建立请求消息还包含:57. The device according to supplementary note 56, wherein the F1 establishment request message further includes:
所述第一小区的第一NCGI和所述第二小区的第二NCGI的对应关系。A correspondence relationship between the first NCGI of the first cell and the second NCGI of the second cell.
58、根据附记45至57中任一项所述的装置,其中,所述第一小区与所述第二小区共享相同的空口资源。58. The device according to any one of Supplements 45 to 57, wherein the first cell and the second cell share the same air interface resources.
59、根据附记58所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:59. The device according to supplementary note 58, wherein the device further comprises:
第一确定单元,其当所述第二宿主CU从所述第一宿主CU接收针对终端设备的Xn切换请求时,确定所述第一小区的PCI或下行频点不同于所述第二小区,所述第二宿主CU不向所述IAB节点的第二DU发送针对所述终端设备的UE上下文建立请求。A first determining unit, configured to determine that the PCI or downlink frequency of the first cell is different from that of the second cell when the second donor CU receives an Xn handover request for the terminal device from the first donor CU, The second host CU does not send a UE context establishment request for the terminal device to the second DU of the IAB node.
60、一种网络设备,所述网络设备是第一IAB节点,所述网络设备包括根据附记1-17中的任一项所述的装置。60. A network device, the network device is a first IAB node, and the network device includes the apparatus according to any one of Supplements 1-17.
61、一种网络设备,所述网络设备是第一宿主,所述网络设备包括根据附记18-42中的任一项所述的装置。61. A network device, the network device is the first host, and the network device includes the device according to any one of Supplements 18-42.
62、一种网络设备,所述网络设备是第二宿主,所述网络设备包括根据附记43-59中的任一项所述的装置。62. A network device, the network device is the second host, and the network device includes the apparatus according to any one of Supplements 43-59.
63、一种通信系统,所述通信系统包括附记60所述的网络设备、附记61所述的网络设备以及附记62所述的网络设备中的至少一个以及终端设备。63. A communication system, comprising at least one of the network device described in Supplement 60, the network device described in Supplement 61, and the network device described in Supplement 62, and a terminal device.
附记二、Note II.
1、一种终端设备的转移方法,其中,第一IAB节点从第一宿主分布单元(CU)迁移到第二宿主CU,所述方法包括:1. A method for transferring a terminal device, wherein the first IAB node migrates from a first host distribution unit (CU) to a second host CU, the method comprising:
所述第一IAB节点在收到所述第一宿主CU发送的F1连接建立指示后,使第二分布单元(DU)发起与所述第二宿主CU的F1连接的建立,以便于将终端设备从所述第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区转移到第二DU的第二小区;After the first IAB node receives the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first host CU, the second distribution unit (DU) initiates the establishment of the F1 connection with the second host CU, so that the terminal device transferring from a first cell of a first DU of the first IAB node to a second cell of a second DU;
其中,所述第一DU已与所述第一宿主CU建立有F1连接。Wherein, the first DU has established an F1 connection with the first host CU.
2、根据附记1所述的方法,其中,2. The method according to appendix 1, wherein,
所述F1连接建立指示由所述第一宿主CU通过RRC重配置消息或F1AP消息发送给所述第一IAB节点。The F1 connection establishment instruction is sent by the first owner CU to the first IAB node through an RRC reconfiguration message or an F1AP message.
3、根据附记2所述的方法,其中,3. The method according to appendix 2, wherein,
在所述第二DU与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接之后,所述方法还包括:After the second DU establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU, the method further includes:
所述第一IAB节点将所述第二小区的第二PCI、第二下行频点以及第二NCGI中的至少一个,发送给所述第一宿主CU。The first IAB node sends at least one of the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, and the second NCGI of the second cell to the first donor CU.
4、根据附记3所述的方法,其中,4. The method according to appendix 3, wherein,
在所述第二DU与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接之后,所述方法还包括:After the second DU establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU, the method further includes:
所述第一IAB节点将所述第一小区的NCGI与第二小区的第二NCGI的对应关系发送给所述第一宿主CU。The first IAB node sends the correspondence between the NCGI of the first cell and the second NCGI of the second cell to the first donor CU.
5、根据附记2所述的方法,其中,5. The method according to appendix 2, wherein,
在所述第二DU与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接时,所述第一IAB节点通过F1建立请求消息将所述第一小区的第一PCI、第一下行频点以及第一NCGI中的至少一个,发送给所述第二宿主CU。When the second DU establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU, the first IAB node transmits the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI of the first cell through the F1 establishment request message At least one of them is sent to the second host CU.
6、根据附记5所述的方法,其中,所述F1建立请求消息还包含:6. The method according to supplementary note 5, wherein the F1 establishment request message further includes:
所述第一小区的第一NCGI和所述第二小区的第二NCGI的对应关系。A correspondence relationship between the first NCGI of the first cell and the second NCGI of the second cell.
7、根据附记2至6中的任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一IAB节点为所述第 一DU的第一小区和所述第二DU的第二小区共享相同的空口资源。7. The method according to any one of Supplements 2 to 6, wherein the first IAB node shares the same air interface for the first cell of the first DU and the second cell of the second DU resource.
8、根据附记7所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:8. The method according to Supplement 7, wherein the method further includes:
所述第一IAB节点从所述第一宿主CU接收空口资源转换指示;The first IAB node receives an air interface resource conversion instruction from the first host CU;
所述第一IAB节点将空口资源从广播与所述第一小区相关的信号转换为广播与所述第二小区相关的信号。The first IAB node switches air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell.
9、根据附记8所述的方法,其中,9. The method according to appendix 8, wherein,
在所述第一IAB节点的空口资源从广播与所述第一小区相关的信号转换为广播与所述第二小区相关的信号之前,所述方法还包括:Before the air interface resources of the first IAB node are switched from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell, the method further includes:
所述第一IAB节点从所述第一宿主CU接收系统信息变更请求,并向所述终端设备发送系统信息变更指示,以触发所述终端设备接收所述第二小区相关的系统信息。The first IAB node receives a system information change request from the first donor CU, and sends a system information change instruction to the terminal device, so as to trigger the terminal device to receive system information related to the second cell.
10、根据附记8所述的方法,其中,10. The method according to appendix 8, wherein,
在所述第一IAB节点将空口资源从广播与所述第一小区相关的信号转换为广播与所述第二小区相关的信号之前,所述方法还包括:Before the first IAB node switches air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell, the method further includes:
所述第一IAB节点通过所述第一DU接收所述第一宿主CU发送的下行F1AP消息,其中所述下行F1AP消息包含针对所述终端设备的RRC重配置消息;The first IAB node receives a downlink F1AP message sent by the first host CU through the first DU, where the downlink F1AP message includes an RRC reconfiguration message for the terminal device;
所述第一IAB节点将所述RRC重配置消息发送给所述终端设备;The first IAB node sends the RRC reconfiguration message to the terminal device;
其中,所述RRC重配置消息用于将所述终端设备从所述第一小区转移到所述第二小区;所述RRC重配置消息中至少包含主密钥更新信息和用于所述终端设备同步到所述第二小区的同步重配置信息(ReconfigurationWithSync)。Wherein, the RRC reconfiguration message is used to transfer the terminal device from the first cell to the second cell; the RRC reconfiguration message at least includes master key update information and information for the terminal device Synchronize to the synchronization reconfiguration information (ReconfigurationWithSync) of the second cell.
11、根据附记10所述的方法,其中,11. The method according to appendix 10, wherein,
所述RRC重配置消息为用于条件切换(CHO)的RRC重配置消息;所述RRC重配置消息还包含所述终端设备转移到所述第二小区的条件。The RRC reconfiguration message is an RRC reconfiguration message for conditional handover (CHO); the RRC reconfiguration message also includes conditions for the terminal device to transfer to the second cell.
12、根据附记8所述的方法,其中,12. The method according to appendix 8, wherein,
所述空口资源转换指示由所述第一宿主CU发送的最后一个所述下行F1AP消息携带。The air interface resource conversion indication is carried in the last downlink F1AP message sent by the first host CU.
13、根据附记12所述的方法,其中,13. The method according to appendix 12, wherein,
当所述第一IAB节点将所述下行F1AP中包含的RRC重配置消息成功发送给所述终端设备时,所述第一IAB节点将空口资源从广播与所述第一小区相关的信号转换为广播与所述第二小区相关的信号。When the first IAB node successfully sends the RRC reconfiguration message contained in the downlink F1AP to the terminal device, the first IAB node converts air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to A signal related to the second cell is broadcast.
14、根据附记10或11所述的方法,其中,14. The method according to appendix 10 or 11, wherein,
在所述第一IAB节点将空口资源从广播与所述第一小区相关的信号转换为广播与所述第二小区相关的信号之后,所述方法还包括:After the first IAB node switches air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell, the method further includes:
所述第一IAB节点将从所述终端设备接收的RRC重配置完成消息通过所述第二DU发送到所述第二宿主CU。The first IAB node sends the RRC reconfiguration complete message received from the terminal device to the second donor CU through the second DU.
15、根据附记10或11所述的方法,其中,在所述第一IAB节点将空口资源从广播与所述第一小区相关的信号转换为广播与所述第二小区相关的信号之后,所述终端设备在所述第二小区中的C-RNTI与所述终端设备在所述第一小区中的C-RNTI相同。15. The method according to supplementary note 10 or 11, wherein after the first IAB node switches the air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell, The C-RNTI of the terminal device in the second cell is the same as the C-RNTI of the terminal device in the first cell.
16、根据附记7所述的方法,其中,16. The method according to appendix 7, wherein,
当所述第一IAB节点的第二DU与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接后,所述方法还包括:After the second DU of the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU, the method further includes:
所述第一IAB节点将空口资源从广播与所述第一小区相关的信号转换为广播与所述第二小区相关的信号。The first IAB node switches air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell.
17、根据附记7至16中的任一项所述的方法,其中,17. The method according to any one of Supplements 7 to 16, wherein,
在所述第一IAB节点将空口资源从广播与所述第一小区相关的信号转换为广播与所述第二小区相关的信号之后,所述方法还包括:After the first IAB node switches air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell, the method further includes:
所述第一IAB节点发起所述第一DU与所述第一宿主CU之间的F1连接的释放。The first IAB node initiates the release of the F1 connection between the first DU and the first host CU.
18、一种终端设备的转移方法,所述方法应用于当第一IAB节点从所述第一宿主CU迁移到第二宿主CU时,所述方法包括:18. A transfer method of a terminal device, the method is applied when a first IAB node migrates from the first host CU to a second host CU, the method comprising:
所述第一宿主CU向所述第一IAB节点发送F1连接建立指示,所述F1连接建立指示用于指示所述第一IAB节点通过第二DU与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接,以便于将终端设备从所述第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区转移到第二DU的第二小区;The first host CU sends an F1 connection establishment indication to the first IAB node, and the F1 connection establishment indication is used to instruct the first IAB node to establish an F1 connection with the second host CU through a second DU, so that for transferring a terminal device from a first cell of a first DU of said first IAB node to a second cell of a second DU;
其中,所述第一宿主CU与所述第一IAB节点的第一DU已建立有F1连接。Wherein, the first host CU has established an F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node.
19、根据附记18所述的方法,其中,19. The method according to appendix 18, wherein,
所述第一宿主CU通过RRC重配置消息或F1AP消息将F1连接建立指示发送给所述第一IAB节点。The first owner CU sends the F1 connection establishment instruction to the first IAB node through an RRC reconfiguration message or an F1AP message.
20、根据附记19所述的方法,其中,在所述第一宿主CU向所述第一IAB节点 发送F1连接建立指示之前,所述方法还包括:20. The method according to supplementary note 19, wherein, before the first host CU sends an F1 connection establishment instruction to the first IAB node, the method further includes:
所述第一宿主CU请求所述第二宿主CU与所述第一IAB节点建立F1连接。The first host CU requests the second host CU to establish an F1 connection with the first IAB node.
21、根据附记20所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:21. The method according to supplementary note 20, wherein the method further includes:
所述第一宿主CU接收所述第二宿主CU发送的接受与所述第一IAB节点建立F1连接请求的指示。The first host CU receives an indication from the second host CU of accepting the request for establishing an F1 connection with the first IAB node.
22、根据附记21所述的方法,其中,22. The method according to appendix 21, wherein,
所述第一宿主CU通过针对所述第一IAB节点的Xn切换响应消息接收所述第二宿主CU发送的接受与所述第一IAB节点建立F1连接请求的指示。The first host CU receives an indication from the second host CU of accepting the request for establishing an F1 connection with the first IAB node through an Xn handover response message directed to the first IAB node.
23、根据附记18所述的方法,其中,在所述第一宿主CU向所述第一IAB节点发送F1连接建立指示之前,所述方法还包括:23. The method according to supplementary note 18, wherein, before the first host CU sends an F1 connection establishment instruction to the first IAB node, the method further includes:
所述第一宿主CU接收所述第二宿主CU为所述第一IAB节点配置的用于所述第一IAB节点与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接的TNL地址;其中,所述TNL地址包含于针对所述第一IAB节点的Xn切换响应消息。The first host CU receives the TNL address configured by the second host CU for the first IAB node for the first IAB node to establish an F1 connection with the second host CU; wherein, the TNL address Included in the Xn Handover Response message for the first IAB node.
24、根据附记23所述的方法,其中,24. The method according to appendix 23, wherein,
所述第一宿主CU通过下行F1AP消息向所述第一IAB节点发送所述F1连接指示,其中,所述下行F1AP消息包含用于所述第一IAB节点与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接的TNL地址。The first host CU sends the F1 connection indication to the first IAB node through a downlink F1AP message, wherein the downlink F1AP message includes information for the first IAB node to establish an F1 connection with the second host CU TNL address.
25、根据附记23所述的方法,其中,25. The method according to appendix 23, wherein,
所述用于所述第一IAB节点与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接的TNL地址包含在由所述Xn切换响应消息携带的针对所述第一IAB节点的RRC重配置消息中;The TNL address used to establish the F1 connection between the first IAB node and the second host CU is included in the RRC reconfiguration message for the first IAB node carried by the Xn handover response message;
所述第一宿主CU将所述针对所述第一IAB节点的RRC重配置消息转发至所述第一IAB节点,其中,所述RRC重配置消息用于指示所述第一IAB节点与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接。The first host CU forwards the RRC reconfiguration message for the first IAB node to the first IAB node, where the RRC reconfiguration message is used to indicate that the first IAB node and the The second host CU establishes an F1 connection.
26、根据附记23至25中的任一项所述的方法,其中,26. The method according to any one of Supplements 23 to 25, wherein,
在所述第一IAB节点通过第二DU与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接后,所述方法还包括:After the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU through the second DU, the method further includes:
所述第一宿主CU向所述第二宿主CU发送针对终端设备的Xn切换请求消息,其中,所述Xn切换请求消息包含所述第一小区的第一NCGI。The first donor CU sends an Xn handover request message for the terminal device to the second donor CU, where the Xn handover request message includes the first NCGI of the first cell.
27、根据附记26所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:27. The method according to supplementary note 26, wherein the method further includes:
当所述第一宿主CU发送完最后一个包含用于转移所述终端设备的RRC重配置消息的下行F1AP消息时,或者,当所述第一宿主CU收到所述第二宿主CU发送的针对最后一个所述终端设备的UE上下文释放指示消息时,所述第一宿主CU发起与所述第一IAB节点的第一DU之间的F1连接的释放。When the first host CU finishes sending the last downlink F1AP message containing the RRC reconfiguration message used to transfer the terminal device, or when the first host CU receives the message sent by the second host CU for When the last UE context release indication message of the terminal device is issued, the first host CU initiates the release of the F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node.
28、根据附记23至25中的任一项所述的方法,其中,在所述第一IAB节点通过第二DU与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接后,所述方法还包括:28. The method according to any one of Supplements 23 to 25, wherein after the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU through the second DU, the method further includes:
所述第一宿主CU从所述第一IAB节点接收所述第二小区的第二PCI、第二下行频点以及第二NCGI中的至少一个。The first donor CU receives at least one of the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, and the second NCGI of the second cell from the first IAB node.
29、根据附记28所述的方法,其中,在所述第一IAB节点通过第二DU与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接后,所述方法还包括:29. The method according to supplementary note 28, wherein after the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU through the second DU, the method further includes:
所述第一宿主CU从所述第一IAB节点接收所述第一小区的第一NCGI和所述第二小区的第二NCGI的对应关系。The first donor CU receives the correspondence between the first NCGI of the first cell and the second NCGI of the second cell from the first IAB node.
30、根据附记23至25中的任一项所述的方法,其中,在所述第一IAB节点通过第二DU与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接后,所述方法还包括:30. The method according to any one of Supplements 23 to 25, wherein after the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU through the second DU, the method further includes:
所述第一宿主CU从所述第二宿主CU接收所述第二小区的第二PCI、第二下行频点以及第二NCGI中的至少一个。The first donor CU receives at least one of the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, and the second NCGI of the second cell from the second donor CU.
31、根据附记30所述的方法,其中,31. The method according to appendix 30, wherein,
所述第一宿主CU通过节点配置更新消息(Node Configure Update)从所述第二宿主CU接收所述第二小区的第二PCI、第二下行频点以及第二NCGI中的至少一个。The first donor CU receives at least one of the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, and the second NCGI of the second cell from the second donor CU through a node configuration update message (Node Configure Update).
32、根据附记30或31所述的方法,其中,在所述第一IAB节点通过第二DU与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接后,所述方法还包括:32. The method according to supplementary note 30 or 31, wherein after the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU through the second DU, the method further includes:
所述第一宿主CU从所述第二宿主CU接收所述第一小区的NCGI与所述第二小区的NCGI的对应关系。The first donor CU receives the correspondence between the NCGI of the first cell and the NCGI of the second cell from the second donor CU.
33、根据附记28至32中的任一项所述的方法,其中,33. The method according to any one of Supplements 28 to 32, wherein,
在所述第一宿主CU从所述第二宿主CU接收所述第二小区的第二PCI、第二下行频点以及第二NCGI中的至少一个之后,所述方法还包括:After the first donor CU receives at least one of the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, and the second NCGI of the second cell from the second donor CU, the method further includes:
所述第一宿主CU向所述第二宿主CU发送针对终端设备的Xn切换请求消息,其中,所述Xn切换请求消息包含所述第二小区的第二NCGI。The first donor CU sends an Xn handover request message for the terminal device to the second donor CU, where the Xn handover request message includes the second NCGI of the second cell.
34、根据附记33所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:34. The method according to supplementary note 33, wherein the method further includes:
当所述第一宿主CU发送完最后一个包含用于转移所述终端设备的RRC重配置消息的下行F1AP消息时,或者,当所述第一宿主CU收到所述第二宿主CU发送的针对最后一个所述终端设备的UE上下文释放指示消息时,所述第一宿主CU发起与所述第一IAB节点的第一DU之间的F1连接的释放。When the first host CU finishes sending the last downlink F1AP message containing the RRC reconfiguration message used to transfer the terminal device, or when the first host CU receives the message sent by the second host CU for When the last UE context release indication message of the terminal device is issued, the first host CU initiates the release of the F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node.
35、根据附记23至34中的任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:35. The method according to any one of Supplements 23 to 34, wherein the method further comprises:
所述第一宿主CU将所述第一小区的第一PCI、第一下行频点以及第一NCGI中的至少一个发送给所述第二宿主CU。The first donor CU sends at least one of the first PCI of the first cell, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI to the second donor CU.
36、根据附记35所述的方法,其中,36. The method according to appendix 35, wherein,
所述第一宿主CU通过针对所述第一IAB节点的Xn切换请求消息,或通过针对所述终端设备的Xn切换请求消息将所述第一小区的第一PCI、第一下行频点以及第一NCGI中的至少一个发送给所述第二宿主CU。The first owner CU transfers the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the At least one of the first NCGIs is sent to the second host CU.
37、根据附记23至36中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:37. The method according to any one of Supplements 23 to 36, wherein the method further comprises:
所述第一宿主CU接收所述第一IAB节点发送的空口资源共享指示,所述空口资源共享指示用于指示所述第一小区与所述第二小区共享相同的空口资源。The first donor CU receives an air interface resource sharing indication sent by the first IAB node, where the air interface resource sharing indication is used to indicate that the first cell and the second cell share the same air interface resource.
38、根据附记37所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:38. The method according to supplementary note 37, wherein the method further includes:
所述第一宿主CU向所述第一IAB节点发送空口资源转换指示,其中,所述空口资源转换指示用于指示所述第一IAB节点将空口资源从广播与所述第一小区相关的信号转换为广播与所述第二小区相关的信号。The first host CU sends an air interface resource conversion instruction to the first IAB node, where the air interface resource conversion instruction is used to instruct the first IAB node to switch the air interface resource from broadcasting a signal related to the first cell Converting to broadcasting signals related to the second cell.
39、根据附记38所述的方法,其中,39. The method according to appendix 38, wherein,
在所述第一宿主CU向所述第一IAB节点发送空口资源转换指示之前,所述方法还包括:Before the first host CU sends an air interface resource conversion instruction to the first IAB node, the method further includes:
所述第一宿主CU向所述第一IAB节点发送系统信息变更请求,以触发所述第一IAB节点向所述终端设备发送系统信息变更指示。The first host CU sends a system information change request to the first IAB node, so as to trigger the first IAB node to send a system information change instruction to the terminal device.
40、根据附记38所述的方法,其中,40. The method according to appendix 38, wherein,
在所述第一宿主CU向所述第一IAB节点发送空口资源转换指示之前,所述方法还包括:Before the first host CU sends an air interface resource conversion instruction to the first IAB node, the method further includes:
所述第一宿主CU通过所述第一DU向所述第一IAB节点发送下行F1AP消息,其中所述下行F1AP消息包含针对所述终端设备的RRC重配置消息;The first host CU sends a downlink F1AP message to the first IAB node through the first DU, where the downlink F1AP message includes an RRC reconfiguration message for the terminal device;
其中,所述RRC重配置消息用于将所述终端设备从所述第一小区转移转移到所 述第二小区;所述RRC重配置消息中至少包含主密钥更新信息和用于所述终端设备同步到所述第二小区的同步重配置信息(ReconfigurationWithSync)。Wherein, the RRC reconfiguration message is used to transfer the terminal device from the first cell to the second cell; the RRC reconfiguration message at least includes master key update information and information for the terminal The device synchronizes to the synchronization reconfiguration information (ReconfigurationWithSync) of the second cell.
41、根据附记40所述的方法,其中,41. The method according to appendix 40, wherein,
所述RRC重配置消息为用于条件切换(CHO)的RRC重配置消息;所述RRC重配置消息还包含所述终端设备转移到所述第二小区的条件。The RRC reconfiguration message is an RRC reconfiguration message for conditional handover (CHO); the RRC reconfiguration message also includes conditions for the terminal device to transfer to the second cell.
42、根据附记40所述的方法,其中,42. The method according to appendix 40, wherein,
所述空口资源转换指示由所述第一宿主CU发送的最后一个所述下行F1AP消息携带。The air interface resource conversion indication is carried in the last downlink F1AP message sent by the first host CU.
43、一种终端设备的转移方法,其中,第一IAB节点从第一宿主CU迁移到第二宿主CU,所述方法包括:43. A terminal device transfer method, wherein the first IAB node is migrated from the first host CU to the second host CU, the method comprising:
所述第二宿主CU与所述第一IAB节点的第二DU之间建立F1连接,以便于将终端设备从所述第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区转移转移到第二DU的第二小区;所述F1连接的建立由所述第一IAB节点在收到所述第一宿主CU发送的F1连接建立指示后发起;An F1 connection is established between the second owner CU and the second DU of the first IAB node, so as to transfer the terminal device from the first cell of the first DU of the first IAB node to the second DU. The second cell: the establishment of the F1 connection is initiated by the first IAB node after receiving the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first owner CU;
其中,所述第二宿主CU与所述第一IAB节点的第一DU已建立有F1连接。Wherein, the second host CU has established an F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node.
44、根据附记43所述的方法,其中,在所述第二宿主CU与所述第一IAB节点的第二DU之间建立F1连接之前,所述方法还包括:44. The method according to supplementary note 43, wherein, before establishing the F1 connection between the second host CU and the second DU of the first IAB node, the method further includes:
所述第二宿主CU接收所述第一宿主CU发送的第二宿主CU与所述第一IAB节点建立F1连接的请求。The second host CU receives a request sent by the first host CU to establish an F1 connection between the second host CU and the first IAB node.
45、根据附记44所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:45. The method according to supplementary note 44, wherein the method further includes:
所述第二宿主CU向所述第一宿主CU发送接受与所述第一IAB节点建立F1连接请求的指示。The second host CU sends to the first host CU an indication of accepting the request for establishing an F1 connection with the first IAB node.
46、根据附记45所述的方法,其中,46. The method according to appendix 45, wherein,
所述第二宿主CU通过针对所述第一IAB节点的Xn切换响应消息向所述第一宿主CU发送接受与所述第一IAB节点建立F1连接请求的指示。The second host CU sends an indication of accepting the request for establishing an F1 connection with the first IAB node to the first host CU through an Xn handover response message directed at the first IAB node.
47、根据附记43所述的方法,其中,在所述第二宿主CU与所述第一IAB节点的第二DU之间建立F1连接之前,所述方法还包括:47. The method according to supplementary note 43, wherein, before establishing the F1 connection between the second host CU and the second DU of the first IAB node, the method further includes:
所述第二宿主CU向所述第一宿主CU发送为所述第一IAB节点配置的用于所述第一IAB节点与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接的TNL地址。The second host CU sends to the first host CU the TNL address configured for the first IAB node for establishing an F1 connection between the first IAB node and the second host CU.
48、根据附记43所述的方法,其中,所述用于所述第一IAB节点与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接的TNL地址包含在针对所述第一IAB节点的Xn切换响应消息中或者包含在由所述Xn切换响应消息携带的针对所述第一IAB节点的RRC重配置消息中。48. The method according to supplementary note 43, wherein the TNL address used to establish the F1 connection between the first IAB node and the second host CU is included in the Xn handover response message for the first IAB node or included in the RRC reconfiguration message for the first IAB node carried in the Xn handover response message.
49、根据附记47或48所述的方法,其中,在所述第二宿主CU与所述第一IAB节点的第二DU之间建立F1连接之后,所述方法还包括:49. The method according to Supplementary note 47 or 48, wherein after establishing the F1 connection between the second host CU and the second DU of the first IAB node, the method further includes:
所述第二宿主CU从所述第一宿主CU接收针对终端设备的Xn切换请求消息,其中,所述Xn切换请求消息包含所述第一小区的第一NCGI或包含所述第二小区的第二NCGI。The second donor CU receives an Xn handover request message for the terminal device from the first donor CU, wherein the Xn handover request message includes the first NCGI of the first cell or includes the first NCGI of the second cell. Two NCGI.
50、根据附记47或48所述的方法,其中,在所述第二宿主CU与所述第一IAB节点的第二DU之间建立F1连接后,所述方法还包括:50. The method according to Supplementary Note 47 or 48, wherein after the F1 connection is established between the second host CU and the second DU of the first IAB node, the method further includes:
所述第二宿主CU向所述第一宿主CU发送所述第二小区的第二PCI、第二下行频点以及第二NCGI中的至少一个。The second donor CU sends at least one of the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, and the second NCGI of the second cell to the first donor CU.
51、根据附记50所述的方法,其中,51. The method according to appendix 50, wherein,
所述第二宿主CU通过节点配置更新消息(Node Configure Update)向所述第一宿主CU发送所述第二小区的第二PCI、第二下行频点以及第二NCGI中的至少一个。The second donor CU sends at least one of the second PCI, the second downlink frequency point, and the second NCGI of the second cell to the first donor CU through a node configuration update message (Node Configure Update).
52、根据附记50或51所述的方法,其中,在所述第二宿主CU与所述第一IAB节点的第二DU之间建立F1连接后,所述方法还包括:52. The method according to Supplementary note 50 or 51, wherein after the F1 connection is established between the second host CU and the second DU of the first IAB node, the method further includes:
所述第二宿主CU向所述第一宿主CU发送所述第一小区的NCGI与所述第二小区的NCGI的对应关系。The second donor CU sends the correspondence between the NCGI of the first cell and the NCGI of the second cell to the first donor CU.
53、根据附记50至52中任一项所述的方法,其中,53. The method according to any one of Supplements 50 to 52, wherein,
在所述第二宿主CU向所述第一宿主CU发送所述第二小区的第二PCI、第二下行频点以及第二NCGI中的至少一个之后,所述方法还包括:After the second donor CU sends at least one of the second PCI of the second cell, the second downlink frequency point, and the second NCGI to the first donor CU, the method further includes:
所述第二宿主CU从所述第一宿主CU接收针对终端设备的Xn切换请求消息,其中,所述Xn切换请求消息包含所述第二小区的第二NCGI。The second donor CU receives an Xn handover request message for the terminal device from the first donor CU, where the Xn handover request message includes the second NCGI of the second cell.
54、根据附记47-53中的任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:54. The method according to any one of supplementary notes 47-53, wherein the method further comprises:
所述第二宿主CU从所述第一宿主CU接收所述第一小区的第一PCI、第一下行频点以及第一NCGI中的至少一个。The second donor CU receives at least one of the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI of the first cell from the first donor CU.
55、根据附记54所述的方法,其中,55. The method according to appendix 54, wherein,
所述第二宿主CU通过针对所述第一IAB节点的Xn切换请求消息,或通过针对所述终端设备的Xn切换请求消息,从所述第一宿主CU接收所述第一小区的第一PCI、第一下行频点以及第一NCGI中的至少一个。The second donor CU receives the first PCI of the first cell from the first donor CU through an Xn handover request message directed at the first IAB node or through an Xn handover request message directed at the terminal device , at least one of the first downlink frequency point and the first NCGI.
56、根据附记43至48中的任一项所述的方法,其中,在所述第二宿主CU与所述第一IAB节点的第二DU之间建立F1连接时,所述第二宿主CU通过F1建立请求消息接收所述第一IAB节点发送的所述第一小区的第一PCI、第一下行频点以及第一NCGI中的至少一个。56. The method according to any one of Supplements 43 to 48, wherein when an F1 connection is established between the second host CU and the second DU of the first IAB node, the second host The CU receives at least one of the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI of the first cell sent by the first IAB node through the F1 establishment request message.
57、根据附记56所述的方法,其中,所述F1建立请求消息还包含:57. The method according to supplementary note 56, wherein the F1 establishment request message further includes:
所述第一小区的第一NCGI和所述第二小区的第二NCGI的对应关系。A correspondence relationship between the first NCGI of the first cell and the second NCGI of the second cell.
58、根据附记45至57中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一小区与所述第二小区共享相同的空口资源。58. The method according to any one of Supplements 45 to 57, wherein the first cell and the second cell share the same air interface resource.
59、根据附记58所述的方法,其中,当所述第二宿主CU从所述第一宿主CU接收针对终端设备的Xn切换请求时,所述方法还包括:59. The method according to supplementary note 58, wherein when the second host CU receives an Xn handover request for the terminal device from the first host CU, the method further includes:
所述第二宿主CU确定所述第一小区的PCI或下行频点不同于所述第二小区,所述第二宿主CU不向所述IAB节点的第二DU发送针对所述终端设备的UE上下文建立请求。The second host CU determines that the PCI or downlink frequency of the first cell is different from that of the second cell, and the second host CU does not send the UE aimed at the terminal device to the second DU of the IAB node Context establishment request.

Claims (20)

  1. 一种终端设备的转移装置,所述装置设置在第一IAB节点中,其中,第一IAB节点从第一宿主分布单元(CU)迁移到第二宿主CU,所述装置包括:An apparatus for transferring a terminal device, the apparatus is set in a first IAB node, wherein the first IAB node is migrated from a first host distribution unit (CU) to a second host CU, and the apparatus includes:
    第一建立单元,其在收到所述第一宿主CU发送的F1连接建立指示后,使第二分布单元(DU)发起与所述第二宿主CU的F1连接的建立,以便于将终端设备从所述第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区转移到第二DU的第二小区;The first establishment unit, after receiving the F1 connection establishment instruction sent by the first host CU, makes the second distribution unit (DU) initiate the establishment of the F1 connection with the second host CU, so as to connect the terminal device transferring from a first cell of a first DU of the first IAB node to a second cell of a second DU;
    其中,所述第一DU已与所述第一宿主CU建立有F1连接。Wherein, the first DU has established an F1 connection with the first host CU.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的装置,其中,The device according to claim 1, wherein,
    所述F1连接建立指示由所述第一宿主CU通过RRC重配置消息或F1AP消息发送给所述第一IAB节点。The F1 connection establishment instruction is sent by the first owner CU to the first IAB node through an RRC reconfiguration message or an F1AP message.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:The device according to claim 2, wherein the device further comprises:
    第三发送单元,其在所述第二DU与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接时,通过F1建立请求消息将所述第一小区的第一PCI、第一下行频点以及第一NCGI中的至少一个,发送给所述第二宿主CU。The third sending unit, when the second DU establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU, sends the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI of the first cell through an F1 establishment request message At least one of them is sent to the second host CU.
  4. 根据权利要求2所述的装置,其中,所述第一IAB节点为所述第一DU的第一小区和所述第二DU的第二小区共享相同的空口资源。The apparatus according to claim 2, wherein the first IAB node shares the same air interface resources for the first cell of the first DU and the second cell of the second DU.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:The device according to claim 4, wherein the device further comprises:
    第一接收单元,其从所述第一宿主CU接收空口资源转换指示;a first receiving unit, configured to receive an air interface resource conversion instruction from the first host CU;
    第一转换单元,其将空口资源从广播与所述第一小区相关的信号转换为广播与所述第二小区相关的信号。A first conversion unit, which converts air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:The device according to claim 5, wherein the device further comprises:
    第二接收单元,其在所述第一IAB节点的空口资源从广播与所述第一小区相关的信号转换为广播与所述第二小区相关的信号之前,从所述第一宿主CU接收系统信息变更请求,并向所述终端设备发送系统信息变更指示,以触发所述终端设备接收所述第二小区相关的系统信息。A second receiving unit, which receives a system from the first host CU before the air interface resources of the first IAB node are switched from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell an information change request, and send a system information change indication to the terminal device, so as to trigger the terminal device to receive system information related to the second cell.
  7. 根据权利要求5所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:The device according to claim 5, wherein the device further comprises:
    第三接收单元,其在所述第一转换单元将空口资源从广播与所述第一小区相关的信号转换为广播与所述第二小区相关的信号之前,通过所述第一DU接收所述第一宿 主CU发送的下行F1AP消息,其中所述下行F1AP消息包含针对所述终端设备的RRC重配置消息;A third receiving unit, before the first conversion unit converts the air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell, receiving the first DU through the first DU A downlink F1AP message sent by the first owner CU, wherein the downlink F1AP message includes an RRC reconfiguration message for the terminal device;
    第四发送单元,其将所述RRC重配置消息发送给所述终端设备;A fourth sending unit, which sends the RRC reconfiguration message to the terminal device;
    其中,所述RRC重配置消息用于将所述终端设备从所述第一小区转移到所述第二小区;所述RRC重配置消息中至少包含主密钥更新信息和用于所述终端设备同步到所述第二小区的同步重配置信息(ReconfigurationWithSync)。Wherein, the RRC reconfiguration message is used to transfer the terminal device from the first cell to the second cell; the RRC reconfiguration message at least includes master key update information and information for the terminal device Synchronize to the synchronization reconfiguration information (ReconfigurationWithSync) of the second cell.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to claim 7, wherein,
    所述RRC重配置消息为用于条件切换(CHO)的RRC重配置消息;所述RRC重配置消息还包含所述终端设备转移到所述第二小区的条件。The RRC reconfiguration message is an RRC reconfiguration message for conditional handover (CHO); the RRC reconfiguration message also includes conditions for the terminal device to transfer to the second cell.
  9. 根据权利要求5所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to claim 5, wherein,
    所述空口资源转换指示由所述第一宿主CU发送的最后一个下行F1AP消息携带。The air interface resource conversion indication is carried in the last downlink F1AP message sent by the first host CU.
  10. 根据权利要求7所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:The device according to claim 7, wherein the device further comprises:
    第五发送单元,其在所述第一IAB节点将空口资源从广播与所述第一小区相关的信号转换为广播与所述第二小区相关的信号之后,将从所述终端设备接收的RRC重配置完成消息通过所述第二DU发送到所述第二宿主CU。A fifth sending unit, after the first IAB node converts air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell, the RRC received from the terminal device The reconfiguration complete message is sent to the second host CU through the second DU.
  11. 根据权利要求7所述的装置,其中,在所述第一转换单元将空口资源从广播与所述第一小区相关的信号转换为广播与所述第二小区相关的信号之后,所述终端设备在所述第二小区中的C-RNTI与所述终端设备在所述第一小区中的C-RNTI相同。The apparatus according to claim 7, wherein after the first conversion unit converts air interface resources from broadcasting signals related to the first cell to broadcasting signals related to the second cell, the terminal device The C-RNTI in the second cell is the same as the C-RNTI of the terminal device in the first cell.
  12. 一种终端设备的转移装置,所述装置设置在第一宿主CU中,所述装置应用于当第一IAB节点从所述第一宿主CU迁移到第二宿主CU时,所述装置包括:An apparatus for transferring a terminal device, the apparatus is set in a first host CU, and the apparatus is applied when a first IAB node migrates from the first host CU to a second host CU, the apparatus includes:
    第六发送单元,其向所述第一IAB节点发送F1连接建立指示,所述F1连接建立指示用于指示所述第一IAB节点通过第二DU与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接,以便于将终端设备从所述第一IAB节点的第一DU的第一小区转移到第二DU的第二小区;A sixth sending unit, which sends an F1 connection establishment instruction to the first IAB node, where the F1 connection establishment instruction is used to instruct the first IAB node to establish an F1 connection with the second host CU through a second DU, so that for transferring a terminal device from a first cell of a first DU of said first IAB node to a second cell of a second DU;
    其中,所述第一宿主CU与所述第一IAB节点的第一DU已建立有F1连接。Wherein, the first host CU has established an F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的装置,其中,The apparatus of claim 12, wherein,
    所述第一宿主CU通过RRC重配置消息或F1AP消息将F1连接建立指示发送给所述第一IAB节点。The first owner CU sends the F1 connection establishment instruction to the first IAB node through an RRC reconfiguration message or an F1AP message.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:The apparatus according to claim 13, wherein said apparatus further comprises:
    第一请求单元,其在所述第一宿主CU向所述第一IAB节点发送F1连接建立指示之前,请求所述第二宿主CU与所述第一IAB节点建立F1连接。A first request unit, which requests the second host CU to establish an F1 connection with the first IAB node before the first host CU sends an F1 connection establishment instruction to the first IAB node.
  15. 根据权利要求12所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:The apparatus according to claim 12, wherein said apparatus further comprises:
    第五接收单元,其在所述第一宿主CU向所述第一IAB节点发送F1连接建立指示之前,所述第一宿主CU接收所述第二宿主CU为所述第一IAB节点配置的用于所述第一IAB节点与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接的TNL地址;其中,所述TNL地址包含于针对所述第一IAB节点的Xn切换响应消息。The fifth receiving unit, before the first host CU sends an F1 connection establishment instruction to the first IAB node, the first host CU receives the user configured by the second host CU for the first IAB node A TNL address for establishing an F1 connection between the first IAB node and the second host CU; wherein, the TNL address is included in an Xn handover response message for the first IAB node.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的装置,其中,The apparatus of claim 15, wherein,
    所述用于所述第一IAB节点与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接的TNL地址包含在由所述Xn切换响应消息携带的针对所述第一IAB节点的RRC重配置消息中;The TNL address used to establish the F1 connection between the first IAB node and the second host CU is included in the RRC reconfiguration message for the first IAB node carried by the Xn handover response message;
    所述第一宿主CU将所述针对所述第一IAB节点的RRC重配置消息转发至所述第一IAB节点,其中,所述RRC重配置消息用于指示所述第一IAB节点与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接。The first host CU forwards the RRC reconfiguration message for the first IAB node to the first IAB node, where the RRC reconfiguration message is used to indicate that the first IAB node is related to the The second host CU establishes an F1 connection.
  17. 根据权利要求15所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:The device according to claim 15, wherein the device further comprises:
    第二发起单元,其当所述第一宿主CU发送完最后一个包含用于转移所述终端设备的RRC重配置消息的下行F1AP消息时,或者,当所述第一宿主CU收到所述第二宿主CU发送的针对最后一个所述终端设备的UE上下文释放指示消息时,发起与所述第一IAB节点的第一DU之间的F1连接的释放。The second initiating unit, when the first host CU sends the last downlink F1AP message containing the RRC reconfiguration message used to transfer the terminal device, or when the first host CU receives the first host CU Initiating the release of the F1 connection with the first DU of the first IAB node when the UE context release indication message for the last terminal device is sent by the second owner CU.
  18. 根据权利要求15所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:The device according to claim 15, wherein the device further comprises:
    第八接收单元,其在所述第一IAB节点通过第二DU与所述第二宿主CU建立F1连接后,从所述第二宿主CU接收所述第二小区的第二PCI、第二下行频点以及第二NCGI中的至少一个。The eighth receiving unit, after the first IAB node establishes an F1 connection with the second host CU through the second DU, receives the second PCI of the second cell, the second downlink Frequency point and at least one of the second NCGI.
  19. 根据权利要求15所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:The device according to claim 15, wherein the device further comprises:
    第九发送单元,其将所述第一小区的第一PCI、第一下行频点以及第一NCGI中的至少一个发送给所述第二宿主CU。A ninth sending unit, configured to send at least one of the first PCI, the first downlink frequency point, and the first NCGI of the first cell to the second donor CU.
  20. 根据权利要求15所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:The device according to claim 15, wherein the device further comprises:
    第十接收单元,其接收所述第一IAB节点发送的空口资源共享指示,所述空口资源共享指示用于指示所述第一小区与所述第二小区共享相同的空口资源。A tenth receiving unit, configured to receive an air interface resource sharing indication sent by the first IAB node, where the air interface resource sharing indication is used to indicate that the first cell and the second cell share the same air interface resource.
PCT/CN2021/110688 2021-08-04 2021-08-04 Terminal device transfer method, apparatus, and system WO2023010367A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/110688 WO2023010367A1 (en) 2021-08-04 2021-08-04 Terminal device transfer method, apparatus, and system

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/110688 WO2023010367A1 (en) 2021-08-04 2021-08-04 Terminal device transfer method, apparatus, and system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023010367A1 true WO2023010367A1 (en) 2023-02-09

Family

ID=85154957

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/110688 WO2023010367A1 (en) 2021-08-04 2021-08-04 Terminal device transfer method, apparatus, and system

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023010367A1 (en)

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109246770A (en) * 2017-05-05 2019-01-18 华为技术有限公司 A kind of method of switching, terminal device and the network equipment
CN110536377A (en) * 2019-08-15 2019-12-03 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Father node selection method, device, equipment and medium
CN110536351A (en) * 2019-02-15 2019-12-03 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Information processing method, IAB and computer storage medium in IAB network
CN111093286A (en) * 2019-08-15 2020-05-01 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Connection establishing method, device, set access backhaul node and storage medium
CN111586744A (en) * 2019-02-15 2020-08-25 华为技术有限公司 Switching method and device of IAB (inter-Access node B)
CN112039944A (en) * 2018-01-12 2020-12-04 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method and device
CN112088544A (en) * 2018-06-21 2020-12-15 谷歌有限责任公司 Maintaining communication and signaling interfaces through donor base station handover

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109246770A (en) * 2017-05-05 2019-01-18 华为技术有限公司 A kind of method of switching, terminal device and the network equipment
CN112039944A (en) * 2018-01-12 2020-12-04 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method and device
CN112088544A (en) * 2018-06-21 2020-12-15 谷歌有限责任公司 Maintaining communication and signaling interfaces through donor base station handover
CN110536351A (en) * 2019-02-15 2019-12-03 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Information processing method, IAB and computer storage medium in IAB network
CN111586744A (en) * 2019-02-15 2020-08-25 华为技术有限公司 Switching method and device of IAB (inter-Access node B)
CN110536377A (en) * 2019-08-15 2019-12-03 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Father node selection method, device, equipment and medium
CN111093286A (en) * 2019-08-15 2020-05-01 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Connection establishing method, device, set access backhaul node and storage medium

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
NOKIA, NOKIA SHANGHAI BELL: "discussion on Inter-Donor IAB Node Migration", 3GPP DRAFT; R3-206287, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG3, no. Online; 20201102 - 20201112, 23 October 2020 (2020-10-23), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051945774 *
QUALCOMM INCORPORATED: "Inter-donor IAB-node Migration", 3GPP DRAFT; R3-204795, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG3, no. E-meeting; 20200817 - 20200828, 6 August 2020 (2020-08-06), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051911260 *

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11477703B2 (en) Method for establishing a fronthaul interface, method for performing access for a UE, method and apparatus for performing a handover for a UE, data forwarding method, user equipment and base station
CN110383895B (en) Method for acquiring on-demand system information during handover procedure
US20190349819A1 (en) Method and apparatus for supporting beam in wireless communication system
US20160212775A1 (en) Method and apparatus for signaling between enbs in a wireless communication system supporting dual connectivity
US20220117007A1 (en) Techniques for inter-gnb migration of distributed unit
CN113873587B (en) Method for IAB network communication and related equipment
JP7404550B2 (en) Methods executed on master nodes, secondary nodes, user equipment and communication networks
WO2016161785A1 (en) Cross-menb switching method and apparatus and base station
WO2023010367A1 (en) Terminal device transfer method, apparatus, and system
CN115668997A (en) Communication method and device for multicast/broadcast service
CN116530144A (en) Quality of service parameter processing method, terminal equipment, network function entity and network equipment
CN116250282A (en) Method and device for data transmission
TW202033047A (en) Method of mobility interruption reduction and userequipment thereof
WO2022082690A1 (en) Group switching method, apparatus and system
WO2022151298A1 (en) Group migration method, apparatus and system
WO2024026803A1 (en) Mobile node configuration method and donor device
WO2024031289A1 (en) Communication method for network node, communication method for mobile node, mobile node, and donor device
WO2023130232A1 (en) Iab-node device, iab-donor device, and path migration method
WO2023197184A1 (en) Iab donor device and transmission address configuration method
WO2022205252A1 (en) Signal sending and receiving method and apparatus, and communication system
WO2023150975A1 (en) Iab donor device and transmission and migration rollback method
WO2023010364A1 (en) Integrated access and backhaul communication device and method
WO2024026804A1 (en) Mobile node configuration method, mobile node, and host device
WO2023066337A1 (en) Data forwarding method and apparatus
WO2022230700A1 (en) Base station and communication control method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21952267

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE